projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
* MAINTAINERS: Added self and Andrew for the ppc sim.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26 #include <ctype.h>
27
28 #include "as.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45 struct dwarf2_line_info debug_line;
46
47 /* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
48 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
49
50 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
51 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
52
53 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
54 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
55 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
56 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
57
58 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
59 /* How to generate a relocation. */
60 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
61 #else
62 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
63 #endif
64
65 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
66 to store a copyright string. */
67 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
68 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
69
70 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
71 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
72
73 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
74 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
75 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
76 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
77 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
78 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
79
80 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
81 typedef int reloc_type;
82
83 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
84 #define obj_version obj_som_version
85 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
86
87 /* How to generate a relocation. */
88 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
89
90 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
91 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
92 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
93 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
94
95 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
96 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
97 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
98 #endif
99
100 #ifndef R_N0SEL
101 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
102 #endif
103
104 #ifndef R_N1SEL
105 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
106 #endif
107 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
108
109 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
110
111 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
112
113 struct unwind_desc
114 {
115 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
116 unsigned int millicode:1;
117 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
118 unsigned int region_desc:2;
119 unsigned int save_sr:2;
120 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
121 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
122 unsigned int args_stored:1;
123 unsigned int call_fr:5;
124 unsigned int call_gr:5;
125 unsigned int save_sp:1;
126 unsigned int save_rp:1;
127 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
128 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
129 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
130
131 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
132 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
133 unsigned int reserved:3;
134 unsigned int frame_size:27;
135 };
136
137 struct unwind_table
138 {
139 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
140 descriptor. */
141 unsigned int start_offset;
142 unsigned int end_offset;
143 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
144 };
145
146 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
147 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
148 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
149
150 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
151 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
152
153 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
154 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
155
156 struct call_info
157 {
158 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
159 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
160
161 /* Name of this function. */
162 symbolS *start_symbol;
163
164 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
165 symbolS *end_symbol;
166
167 /* Next entry in the chain. */
168 struct call_info *ci_next;
169 };
170
171 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
172 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
173 SGL and DBL). */
174 typedef enum
175 {
176 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
177 }
178 fp_operand_format;
179
180 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
181 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
182 (ELF has no need for it). */
183 typedef enum
184 {
185 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
186 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
187 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
188 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
189 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
190 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
191 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
192 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
193 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
194 }
195 pa_symbol_type;
196
197 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
198 individual instructions. */
199 struct pa_it
200 {
201 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
202 unsigned long opcode;
203
204 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
205 expressionS exp;
206
207 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
208 int pcrel;
209
210 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
211 fp_operand_format fpof1;
212 fp_operand_format fpof2;
213
214 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
215 int trunc;
216
217 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
218 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
219 long field_selector;
220
221 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
222 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
223 unsigned int arg_reloc;
224
225 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
226 int format;
227
228 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
229 reloc_type reloc;
230 };
231
232 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
233
234 +--------------+--------------+
235 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
236 +--------------+--------------+
237 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
238 +--------------+--------------+
239 | | |
240
241 . . .
242 . . .
243 . . .
244
245 | | |
246 +--------------+--------------+
247 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
248 +--------------+--------------+
249 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
250 +--------------+--------------+ */
251
252 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
253 struct call_desc
254 {
255 /* The argument relocation specification. */
256 unsigned int arg_reloc;
257
258 /* Number of arguments. */
259 unsigned int arg_count;
260 };
261
262 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
263 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
264 chain. */
265
266 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
267 {
268 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
269 unsigned int ssd_defined;
270
271 /* Name of this subspace. */
272 char *ssd_name;
273
274 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
275 asection *ssd_seg;
276 int ssd_subseg;
277
278 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
279 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
280 };
281
282 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
283
284 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
285 chain. */
286
287 struct space_dictionary_chain
288 {
289 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
290 as a default space. */
291 unsigned int sd_defined;
292
293 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
294 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
295
296 /* The space number (or index). */
297 unsigned int sd_spnum;
298
299 /* The name of this subspace. */
300 char *sd_name;
301
302 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
303 asection *sd_seg;
304
305 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
306 int sd_last_subseg;
307
308 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
309 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
310
311 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
312 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
313 };
314
315 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
316
317 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
318 dictionary entries. */
319
320 struct default_subspace_dict
321 {
322 /* Name of the subspace. */
323 char *name;
324
325 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
326 char defined;
327
328 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
329 char loadable;
330
331 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
332 char code_only;
333
334 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
335 char common;
336
337 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
338 to be multiply defined. */
339 char dup_common;
340
341 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
342 char zero;
343
344 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
345 unsigned char sort;
346
347 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
348 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
349 int access;
350
351 /* Index of containing space. */
352 int space_index;
353
354 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
355 int alignment;
356
357 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
358 int quadrant;
359
360 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
361 int def_space_index;
362
363 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
364 subsegT subsegment;
365 };
366
367 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
368 dictionary entries. */
369
370 struct default_space_dict
371 {
372 /* Name of the space. */
373 char *name;
374
375 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
376 assembly code numerically! */
377 int spnum;
378
379 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
380 char loadable;
381
382 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
383 char defined;
384
385 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
386 char private;
387
388 /* Sort key for this space. */
389 unsigned char sort;
390
391 /* Segment associated with this space. */
392 asection *segment;
393 };
394 #endif
395
396 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
397 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
398 label. */
399 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
400 {
401 struct symbol *lss_label;
402 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
403 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
404 #endif
405 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
406 segT lss_segment;
407 #endif
408 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
409 }
410 label_symbol_struct;
411
412 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
413 struct hppa_fix_struct
414 {
415 /* The field selector. */
416 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
417
418 /* Type of fixup. */
419 int fx_r_type;
420
421 /* Format of fixup. */
422 int fx_r_format;
423
424 /* Argument relocation bits. */
425 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
426
427 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
428 segT segment;
429 };
430
431 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
432
433 struct pd_reg
434 {
435 char *name;
436 int value;
437 };
438
439 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
440 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
441 struct fp_cond_map
442 {
443 char *string;
444 int cond;
445 };
446
447 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
448 string to a field selector type. */
449 struct selector_entry
450 {
451 char *prefix;
452 int field_selector;
453 };
454
455 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
456
457 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
458 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
459 #endif
460
461 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
462 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
463 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
464 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
465 #endif
466 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
467 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
468 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
469 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
470 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
471 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
472 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
473 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
474 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
475 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
476 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
477 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
478 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
479 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
480 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
481 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
482 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
483 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
484 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
485 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
486 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
487 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
488 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
489 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
490 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
491 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
492 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
493 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
494 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
495 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
496 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
497 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
498 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
499 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
500 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
501 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
502 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
504 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
505 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
506 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
507 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
508 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
509 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
510 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
511 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
512 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
513 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
514 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
515 static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
516 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
517 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
518 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
519 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
520 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
521 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
522 int, int, int,
523 asection *, int));
524 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
525 char *, int, int,
526 int, int, int,
527 int, int, int, int,
528 int, asection *));
529 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
530 char *, int, int, int,
531 int, int, int, int,
532 int, int, int,
533 asection *));
534 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
535 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
536 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
537 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
538 subsegT));
539 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
540 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
541 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
542 static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
543 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
544 #endif
545 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
546 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
547 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
548 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
549 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
550 int, unsigned int, int *));
551 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
552 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
553 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
554 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
555 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
556 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
557 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
558 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
559
560 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
561 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
562 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
563 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
564 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
565 #endif
566
567 /* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
568
569 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
570 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
571 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
572 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
573
574 /* The current space and subspace. */
575 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
576 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
577 #endif
578
579 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
580 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
581
582 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
583 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
584 function labels. */
585 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
586
587 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
588 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
589
590 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
591 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
592
593 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
594 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
595 dependent tables? */
596 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
597 {
598 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
599 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
600 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
601 {"align", pa_align, 8},
602 #endif
603 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
604 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
605 #endif
606 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
607 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
608 {"block", pa_block, 1},
609 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
610 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
611 {"call", pa_call, 0},
612 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
613 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)
614 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
615 #else
616 {"code", pa_text, 0},
617 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
618 #endif
619 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
620 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
621 #endif
622 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
623 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
624 {"data", pa_data, 0},
625 #endif
626 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
627 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
628 {"end", pa_end, 0},
629 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
630 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
631 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
632 #endif
633 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
634 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
635 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
636 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
637 {"export", pa_export, 0},
638 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
639 {"file", dwarf2_directive_file, 0 },
640 #endif
641 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
642 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
643 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
644 {"import", pa_import, 0},
645 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
646 {"label", pa_label, 0},
647 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
648 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
649 {"level", pa_level, 0},
650 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
651 {"loc", dwarf2_directive_loc, 0 },
652 #endif
653 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
654 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
655 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
656 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
657 #endif
658 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
659 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
660 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
661 {"param", pa_param, 0},
662 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
663 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
664 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
665 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
666 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
667 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
668 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
669 {"space", pa_space, 0},
670 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
671 #endif
672 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
673 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
674 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
675 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
676 #endif
677 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
678 {"text", pa_text, 0},
679 #endif
680 {"version", pa_version, 0},
681 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
682 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
683 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
684 #endif
685 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
686 {NULL, 0, 0}
687 };
688
689 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
690 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
691 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
692
693 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
694 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
695 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
696
697 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
698 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
699
700 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
701 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
702 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
703
704 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
705 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
706
707 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
708 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
709
710 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
711 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
712
713 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
714 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
715 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
716 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
717
718 static struct pa_it the_insn;
719
720 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
721 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
722 variable. */
723 static char *expr_end;
724
725 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
726 static int callinfo_found;
727
728 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
729 static int within_entry_exit;
730
731 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
732 static int within_procedure;
733
734 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
735 seen in each subspace. */
736 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
737
738 /* Holds the last field selector. */
739 static int hppa_field_selector;
740
741 /* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
742
743 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
744 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
745 static int strict = 0;
746
747 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
748 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
749 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
750 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
751 register has a `r' suffix. */
752 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
753 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
754 static int pa_number;
755
756 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
757 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
758 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
759 #endif
760
761 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
762 static int print_errors = 1;
763
764 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
765
766 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
767 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
768
769 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
770 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
771
772 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
773 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
774 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
775 again have the value <REGNUM>.
776
777 Many registers also have synonyms:
778
779 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
780 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
781 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
782 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
783 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
784
785 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
786 here for brevity.
787
788 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
789
790 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
791 {
792 {"%arg0", 26},
793 {"%arg1", 25},
794 {"%arg2", 24},
795 {"%arg3", 23},
796 {"%cr0", 0},
797 {"%cr10", 10},
798 {"%cr11", 11},
799 {"%cr12", 12},
800 {"%cr13", 13},
801 {"%cr14", 14},
802 {"%cr15", 15},
803 {"%cr16", 16},
804 {"%cr17", 17},
805 {"%cr18", 18},
806 {"%cr19", 19},
807 {"%cr20", 20},
808 {"%cr21", 21},
809 {"%cr22", 22},
810 {"%cr23", 23},
811 {"%cr24", 24},
812 {"%cr25", 25},
813 {"%cr26", 26},
814 {"%cr27", 27},
815 {"%cr28", 28},
816 {"%cr29", 29},
817 {"%cr30", 30},
818 {"%cr31", 31},
819 {"%cr8", 8},
820 {"%cr9", 9},
821 {"%dp", 27},
822 {"%eiem", 15},
823 {"%eirr", 23},
824 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
825 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
826 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
827 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
828 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
829 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
830 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
831 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
832 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
833 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
834 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
835 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
836 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
837 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
838 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
839 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
840 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
841 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
842 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
843 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
844 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
845 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
846 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
847 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
848 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
849 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
850 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
851 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
852 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
853 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
854 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
855 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
856 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
857 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
858 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
859 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
860 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
861 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
862 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
863 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
864 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
865 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
866 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
867 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
869 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
870 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
872 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
873 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
875 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
876 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
878 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
879 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
881 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
882 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
884 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
885 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
887 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
888 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
890 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
891 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
892 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
893 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
894 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
895 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
896 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
897 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
898 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
899 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
900 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
901 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
902 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
903 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
904 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
905 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
906 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
907 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
908 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
909 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
910 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
911 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
912 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
913 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
914 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
915 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
916 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
917 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
918 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
919 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
920 {"%hta", 25},
921 {"%iir", 19},
922 {"%ior", 21},
923 {"%ipsw", 22},
924 {"%isr", 20},
925 {"%itmr", 16},
926 {"%iva", 14},
927 {"%pcoq", 18},
928 {"%pcsq", 17},
929 {"%pidr1", 8},
930 {"%pidr2", 9},
931 {"%pidr3", 12},
932 {"%pidr4", 13},
933 {"%ppda", 24},
934 {"%r0", 0},
935 {"%r1", 1},
936 {"%r10", 10},
937 {"%r11", 11},
938 {"%r12", 12},
939 {"%r13", 13},
940 {"%r14", 14},
941 {"%r15", 15},
942 {"%r16", 16},
943 {"%r17", 17},
944 {"%r18", 18},
945 {"%r19", 19},
946 {"%r2", 2},
947 {"%r20", 20},
948 {"%r21", 21},
949 {"%r22", 22},
950 {"%r23", 23},
951 {"%r24", 24},
952 {"%r25", 25},
953 {"%r26", 26},
954 {"%r27", 27},
955 {"%r28", 28},
956 {"%r29", 29},
957 {"%r3", 3},
958 {"%r30", 30},
959 {"%r31", 31},
960 {"%r4", 4},
961 {"%r5", 5},
962 {"%r6", 6},
963 {"%r7", 7},
964 {"%r8", 8},
965 {"%r9", 9},
966 {"%rctr", 0},
967 {"%ret0", 28},
968 {"%ret1", 29},
969 {"%rp", 2},
970 {"%sar", 11},
971 {"%sp", 30},
972 {"%sr0", 0},
973 {"%sr1", 1},
974 {"%sr2", 2},
975 {"%sr3", 3},
976 {"%sr4", 4},
977 {"%sr5", 5},
978 {"%sr6", 6},
979 {"%sr7", 7},
980 {"%tr0", 24},
981 {"%tr1", 25},
982 {"%tr2", 26},
983 {"%tr3", 27},
984 {"%tr4", 28},
985 {"%tr5", 29},
986 {"%tr6", 30},
987 {"%tr7", 31}
988 };
989
990 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
991 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
992 for < first, we would get a false match. */
993 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
994 {
995 {"false?", 0},
996 {"false", 1},
997 {"true?", 30},
998 {"true", 31},
999 {"!<=>", 3},
1000 {"!?>=", 8},
1001 {"!?<=", 16},
1002 {"!<>", 7},
1003 {"!>=", 11},
1004 {"!?>", 12},
1005 {"?<=", 14},
1006 {"!<=", 19},
1007 {"!?<", 20},
1008 {"?>=", 22},
1009 {"!?=", 24},
1010 {"!=t", 27},
1011 {"<=>", 29},
1012 {"=t", 5},
1013 {"?=", 6},
1014 {"?<", 10},
1015 {"<=", 13},
1016 {"!>", 15},
1017 {"?>", 18},
1018 {">=", 21},
1019 {"!<", 23},
1020 {"<>", 25},
1021 {"!=", 26},
1022 {"!?", 28},
1023 {"?", 2},
1024 {"=", 4},
1025 {"<", 9},
1026 {">", 17}
1027 };
1028
1029 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1030 {
1031 {"f", e_fsel},
1032 {"l", e_lsel},
1033 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1034 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1035 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1036 {"ls", e_lssel},
1037 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1038 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1039 {"n", e_nsel},
1040 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1041 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1042 {"p", e_psel},
1043 {"r", e_rsel},
1044 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1045 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1046 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1047 {"rs", e_rssel},
1048 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1049 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1050 {"t", e_tsel},
1051 };
1052
1053 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1054 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1055
1056 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1057 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1058
1059 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1060 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1061 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1062 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1063 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1064 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1065 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1066 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1067 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1068
1069 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1070 {
1071 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1072 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1073 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1074 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1075 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1076 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1077 };
1078
1079 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1080 {
1081 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1082 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1083 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1084 };
1085
1086 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1087
1088 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1089 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1090 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1091 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1092 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1093
1094 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1095 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1096 #endif
1097
1098 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1099 a right or left half of a FP register */
1100 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1101 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1102
1103 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1104 main loop after insertion. */
1105
1106 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1107 { \
1108 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1109 continue; \
1110 }
1111
1112 /* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
1113 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1114
1115 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1116 { \
1117 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1118 { \
1119 if (! IGNORE) \
1120 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1121 (int) (FIELD));\
1122 break; \
1123 } \
1124 }
1125
1126 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD againt ALIGN (a power of two).
1127 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1128
1129 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1130 { \
1131 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1132 { \
1133 if (! IGNORE) \
1134 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1135 (int) (FIELD));\
1136 break; \
1137 } \
1138 }
1139
1140 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1141 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1142 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1143
1144 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1145 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1146 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1147
1148 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1149 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1150 need real complex handling yet. */
1151 #define is_complex(exp) \
1152 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1153
1154 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1155
1156 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1157 proc/procend pairs match. */
1158
1159 void
1160 pa_check_eof ()
1161 {
1162 if (within_entry_exit)
1163 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1164
1165 if (within_procedure)
1166 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1170 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1171
1172 static label_symbol_struct *
1173 pa_get_label ()
1174 {
1175 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1176
1177 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1178 label_chain;
1179 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1180 {
1181 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1182 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1183 return label_chain;
1184 #endif
1185 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1186 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1187 return label_chain;
1188 #endif
1189 }
1190
1191 return NULL;
1192 }
1193
1194 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1195 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1196
1197 void
1198 pa_define_label (symbol)
1199 symbolS *symbol;
1200 {
1201 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1202
1203 if (label_chain)
1204 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1205 else
1206 {
1207 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1208 label_chain
1209 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1210 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1211 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1212 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1213 #endif
1214 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1215 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1216 #endif
1217 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1218
1219 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1220 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1221
1222 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1223 }
1224 }
1225
1226 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1227 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1228
1229 static void
1230 pa_undefine_label ()
1231 {
1232 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1233 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1234
1235 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1236 label_chain;
1237 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1238 {
1239 if (1
1240 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1241 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1242 #endif
1243 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1244 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1245 #endif
1246 )
1247 {
1248 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1249 if (prev_label_chain)
1250 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1251 else
1252 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1253
1254 free (label_chain);
1255 break;
1256 }
1257 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1258 }
1259 }
1260
1261 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1262 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1263 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1264 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1265 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1266 tc_fix_data field. */
1267
1268 static void
1269 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1270 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1271 fragS *frag;
1272 int where;
1273 int size;
1274 symbolS *add_symbol;
1275 offsetT offset;
1276 expressionS *exp;
1277 int pcrel;
1278 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1279 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1280 int r_format;
1281 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1282 int* unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1283 {
1284 fixS *new_fix;
1285
1286 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1287 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1288
1289 if (exp != NULL)
1290 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1291 else
1292 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1293 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1294 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1295 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1296 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1297 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1298 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1299 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1300 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1301 new_fix->fx_offset = *unwind_bits;
1302 #endif
1303
1304 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1305 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1306 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1307 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1308 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1309 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1310 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1311 }
1312
1313 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1314 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1315
1316 void
1317 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1318 expressionS *exp;
1319 {
1320 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1321 expression (exp);
1322 }
1323
1324 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1325 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1326
1327 void
1328 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1329 fragS *frag;
1330 int where;
1331 int size;
1332 expressionS *exp;
1333 {
1334 unsigned int rel_type;
1335
1336 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1337 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1338 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1339 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1340 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1341 else
1342 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1343
1344 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1345 {
1346 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1347 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1348 }
1349
1350 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1351 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1352 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, NULL);
1353
1354 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1355 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1356 }
1357
1358 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1359 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1360
1361 void
1362 md_begin ()
1363 {
1364 const char *retval = NULL;
1365 int lose = 0;
1366 unsigned int i = 0;
1367
1368 last_call_info = NULL;
1369 call_info_root = NULL;
1370
1371 /* Set the default machine type. */
1372 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
1373 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1374
1375 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1376 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1377 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1378 {
1379 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1380 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1381 }
1382
1383 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1384 pa_spaces_begin ();
1385 #endif
1386
1387 op_hash = hash_new ();
1388
1389 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1390 {
1391 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1392 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1393 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1394 {
1395 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1396 lose = 1;
1397 }
1398 do
1399 {
1400 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1401 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1402 {
1403 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1404 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1405 lose = 1;
1406 }
1407 ++i;
1408 }
1409 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1410 }
1411
1412 if (lose)
1413 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1414
1415 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1416 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1417 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1418 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1419 #endif
1420
1421 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1422 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1423 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1424 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1425 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1426 #endif
1427 }
1428
1429 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1430 void
1431 md_assemble (str)
1432 char *str;
1433 {
1434 char *to;
1435
1436 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1437 assert (str);
1438
1439 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1440 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1441 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1442
1443 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1444 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1445 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1446 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1447 {
1448 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1449
1450 if (label_symbol)
1451 {
1452 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1453 {
1454 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1455 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1456 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1457 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1458 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1459 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1460 if (within_entry_exit)
1461 {
1462 char *where = frag_more (0);
1463
1464 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1465 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1466 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
1467 (int *)&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1468 }
1469 #endif
1470 }
1471 else
1472 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1473 }
1474 else
1475 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1476 }
1477
1478 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1479 pa_ip (str);
1480
1481 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
1482 to = frag_more (4);
1483
1484 /* Output the opcode. */
1485 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1486
1487 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1488 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1489 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1490 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1491 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1492 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, NULL);
1493
1494 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1495 if (debug_type == DEBUG_DWARF2)
1496 {
1497 bfd_vma addr;
1498
1499 /* First update the notion of the current source line. */
1500 dwarf2_where (&debug_line);
1501
1502 /* We want the offset of the start of this instruction within the
1503 the current frag. */
1504 addr = frag_now->fr_address + frag_now_fix () - 4;
1505
1506 /* And record the information. */
1507 dwarf2_gen_line_info (addr, &debug_line);
1508 }
1509 #endif
1510 }
1511
1512 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1513 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1514
1515 static void
1516 pa_ip (str)
1517 char *str;
1518 {
1519 char *error_message = "";
1520 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1521 const char *args;
1522 int match = FALSE;
1523 int comma = 0;
1524 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1525 unsigned long opcode;
1526 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1527
1528 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1529 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1530 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1531 #endif
1532
1533 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1534 case. */
1535 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1536 if (isupper (*s))
1537 *s = tolower (*s);
1538
1539 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1540 for (s = str; isupper (*s) || islower (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); ++s)
1541 ;
1542
1543 switch (*s)
1544 {
1545
1546 case '\0':
1547 break;
1548
1549 case ',':
1550 comma = 1;
1551
1552 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1553
1554 case ' ':
1555 *s++ = '\0';
1556 break;
1557
1558 default:
1559 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1560 }
1561
1562 save_s = str;
1563
1564 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1565 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1566 {
1567 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1568 return;
1569 }
1570
1571 if (comma)
1572 {
1573 *--s = ',';
1574 }
1575
1576 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1577 start processing them. */
1578 argstart = s;
1579 for (;;)
1580 {
1581 /* Do some initialization. */
1582 opcode = insn->match;
1583 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1584 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1585
1586 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1587
1588 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
1589 then set a new architecture. */
1590 /* But do not automatically promote to pa2.0. The automatic promotion
1591 crud is for compatability with HP's old assemblers only. */
1592 if (insn->arch < 20
1593 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1594 {
1595 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1596 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
1597 }
1598 else if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1599 {
1600 match = FALSE;
1601 goto failed;
1602 }
1603
1604 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1605 sure that the operands match. */
1606 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1607 {
1608 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1609 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1610 s++;
1611
1612 switch (*args)
1613 {
1614
1615 /* End of arguments. */
1616 case '\0':
1617 if (*s == '\0')
1618 match = TRUE;
1619 break;
1620
1621 case '+':
1622 if (*s == '+')
1623 {
1624 ++s;
1625 continue;
1626 }
1627 if (*s == '-')
1628 continue;
1629 break;
1630
1631 /* These must match exactly. */
1632 case '(':
1633 case ')':
1634 case ',':
1635 case ' ':
1636 if (*s++ == *args)
1637 continue;
1638 break;
1639
1640 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1641 case 'b':
1642 case '^':
1643 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1644 break;
1645 num = pa_number;
1646 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1647 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1648
1649 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1650 is there. */
1651 case '!':
1652 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1653 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1654 s = s + 1;
1655
1656 if (!strncasecmp(s, "%sar", 4))
1657 {
1658 s += 4;
1659 continue;
1660 }
1661 else if (!strncasecmp(s, "%cr11", 5))
1662 {
1663 s += 5;
1664 continue;
1665 }
1666 break;
1667
1668 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1669 case 'x':
1670 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1671 break;
1672 num = pa_number;
1673 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1674 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1675
1676 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1677 case 't':
1678 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1679 break;
1680 num = pa_number;
1681 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1682 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1683
1684 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1685 case 'a':
1686 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1687 break;
1688 num = pa_number;
1689 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1690 opcode |= num << 16;
1691 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1692
1693 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1694 case 'T':
1695 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1696 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1697 break;
1698 s = expr_end;
1699 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1700 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1701
1702 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1703 case '5':
1704 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1705 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1706 break;
1707 s = expr_end;
1708 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1709 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1710 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1711 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1712 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1713
1714 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1715 case 'V':
1716 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1717 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1718 break;
1719 s = expr_end;
1720 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1721 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1722 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1723 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1724 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1725
1726 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1727 case 'r':
1728 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1729 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1730 break;
1731 s = expr_end;
1732 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1733 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1734
1735 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1736 case 'R':
1737 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1738 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1739 break;
1740 s = expr_end;
1741 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1742 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1743
1744 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1745 case 'U':
1746 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1747 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1748 break;
1749 s = expr_end;
1750 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1751 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1752
1753 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1754 case 's':
1755 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1756 break;
1757 num = pa_number;
1758 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1759 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1760
1761 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1762 case 'S':
1763 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1764 break;
1765 num = pa_number;
1766 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1767 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1768 continue;
1769
1770 /* Handle all completers. */
1771 case 'c':
1772 switch (*++args)
1773 {
1774
1775 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1776 case 'x':
1777 {
1778 int uu = 0;
1779 int m = 0;
1780 int i = 0;
1781 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1782 {
1783 s++;
1784 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1785 {
1786 uu = 1;
1787 m = 1;
1788 s++;
1789 i++;
1790 }
1791 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1792 m = 1;
1793 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1794 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1795 uu = 1;
1796 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1797 else if (strict)
1798 {
1799 s--;
1800 break;
1801 }
1802 else
1803 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1804 s++;
1805 i++;
1806 }
1807 if (i > 2)
1808 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1809 opcode |= m << 5;
1810 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1811 }
1812
1813 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1814 case 'm':
1815 case 'q':
1816 case 'J':
1817 case 'e':
1818 {
1819 int a = 0;
1820 int m = 0;
1821 if (*s == ',')
1822 {
1823 int found = 0;
1824 s++;
1825 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1826 {
1827 a = 0;
1828 m = 1;
1829 found = 1;
1830 }
1831 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1832 {
1833 a = 1;
1834 m = 1;
1835 found = 1;
1836 }
1837
1838 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1839 if (!found && strict)
1840 s--;
1841 else
1842 {
1843 if (!found)
1844 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1845 s += 2;
1846 }
1847 }
1848 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1849 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1850 else if (*args == 'e')
1851 break;
1852
1853 /* 'J', 'm' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1854 encode the before/after field. */
1855 if (*args == 'm')
1856 {
1857 opcode |= m << 5;
1858 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1859 }
1860 else if (*args == 'q')
1861 {
1862 opcode |= m << 3;
1863 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1864 }
1865 else if (*args == 'J')
1866 {
1867 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1868 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1869 }
1870 else if (*args == 'e')
1871 {
1872 /* Gross! Hide these values in the immediate field
1873 of the instruction, then pull them out later. */
1874 opcode |= m << 8;
1875 opcode |= a << 9;
1876 continue;
1877 }
1878 }
1879
1880 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1881 case 's':
1882 {
1883 int a = 0;
1884 int m = 0;
1885 int i = 0;
1886 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1887 {
1888 s++;
1889 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1890 m = 1;
1891 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1892 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1893 a = 0;
1894 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1895 a = 1;
1896 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1897 else if (strict)
1898 {
1899 s--;
1900 break;
1901 }
1902 else
1903 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1904 s++;
1905 i++;
1906 }
1907 if (i > 2)
1908 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1909 opcode |= m << 5;
1910 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1911 }
1912
1913 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1914 case 'c':
1915 cmpltr = 0;
1916 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1917 {
1918 s += 3;
1919 cmpltr = 2;
1920 }
1921 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1922
1923 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1924 case 'C':
1925 cmpltr = 0;
1926 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1927 {
1928 s += 3;
1929 cmpltr = 2;
1930 }
1931 else if (!strncmp(s, ",bc", 3))
1932 {
1933 s += 3;
1934 cmpltr = 1;
1935 }
1936 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1937
1938 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1939 case 'd':
1940 cmpltr = 0;
1941 if (!strncmp(s, ",co", 3))
1942 {
1943 s += 3;
1944 cmpltr = 1;
1945 }
1946 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1947
1948 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
1949 case 'o':
1950 if (strncmp(s, ",o", 2) != 0)
1951 break;
1952 s += 2;
1953 continue;
1954
1955 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
1956 case 'g':
1957 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
1958 break;
1959 s += 5;
1960 continue;
1961
1962 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
1963 case 'p':
1964 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
1965 break;
1966 s += 7;
1967 continue;
1968
1969 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
1970 case 'l':
1971 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
1972 break;
1973 s += 2;
1974 continue;
1975
1976 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
1977 case 'P':
1978 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
1979 break;
1980 s += 4;
1981 continue;
1982
1983 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
1984 case 'L':
1985 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
1986 break;
1987 s += 2;
1988 continue;
1989
1990 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
1991 case 'w':
1992 flag = 0;
1993 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
1994 {
1995 flag = 1;
1996 s += 2;
1997 }
1998 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
1999 {
2000 flag = 0;
2001 s += 2;
2002 }
2003
2004 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2005
2006 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
2007 case 'W':
2008 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2009 break;
2010 s += 2;
2011 continue;
2012
2013 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2014 case 'r':
2015 flag = 0;
2016 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2017 {
2018 flag = 5;
2019 s += 2;
2020 }
2021
2022 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2023
2024 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2025 case 'Z':
2026 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2027 {
2028 flag = 1;
2029 s += 2;
2030 }
2031 else
2032 flag = 0;
2033
2034 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2035
2036 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2037 case 'i':
2038 flag = 0;
2039 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2040 {
2041 flag = 1;
2042 s += 2;
2043 }
2044
2045 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2046
2047 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2048 case 'z':
2049 flag = 1;
2050 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2051 {
2052 flag = 0;
2053 s += 2;
2054 }
2055
2056 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2057
2058 /* Handle add completer. */
2059 case 'a':
2060 flag = 1;
2061 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2062 {
2063 flag = 2;
2064 s += 2;
2065 }
2066 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2067 {
2068 flag = 3;
2069 s += 4;
2070 }
2071
2072 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2073
2074 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2075 case 'Y':
2076 flag = 0;
2077 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2078 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2079 {
2080 flag = 1;
2081 s += 7;
2082 }
2083 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2084 {
2085 flag = 0;
2086 s += 3;
2087 }
2088 else
2089 break;
2090
2091 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2092
2093 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2094 case 'y':
2095 flag = 0;
2096 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2097 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2098 {
2099 flag = 1;
2100 s += 6;
2101 }
2102 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2103 {
2104 flag = 0;
2105 s += 2;
2106 }
2107 else
2108 break;
2109
2110 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2111
2112 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2113 case 'v':
2114 flag = 0;
2115 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2116 {
2117 flag = 1;
2118 s += 4;
2119 }
2120
2121 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2122
2123 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2124 case 't':
2125 flag = 0;
2126 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2127 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2128 {
2129 flag = 1;
2130 s += 7;
2131 }
2132 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2133 {
2134 flag = 0;
2135 s += 3;
2136 }
2137 else
2138 break;
2139
2140 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2141
2142 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2143 case 'B':
2144 flag = 0;
2145 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2146 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2147 {
2148 flag = 1;
2149 s += 7;
2150 }
2151 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2152 {
2153 flag = 0;
2154 s += 3;
2155 }
2156 else
2157 break;
2158
2159 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2160
2161 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2162 case 'b':
2163 flag = 0;
2164 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2165 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2166 {
2167 flag = 1;
2168 s += 6;
2169 }
2170 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2171 {
2172 flag = 0;
2173 s += 2;
2174 }
2175 else
2176 break;
2177
2178 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2179
2180 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2181 case 'T':
2182 flag = 0;
2183 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2184 {
2185 flag = 1;
2186 s += 3;
2187 }
2188
2189 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2190
2191 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2192 case 'S':
2193 {
2194 int sign = 1;
2195 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2196 {
2197 sign = 1;
2198 s += 2;
2199 }
2200 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2201 {
2202 sign = 0;
2203 s += 2;
2204 }
2205
2206 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2207 }
2208
2209 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2210 case 'h':
2211 if (*s++ == ',')
2212 {
2213 int lr = 0;
2214 if (*s == 'r')
2215 lr = 2;
2216 else if (*s == 'l')
2217 lr = 0;
2218 else
2219 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2220
2221 s++;
2222 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2223 }
2224 else
2225 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2226 break;
2227
2228 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2229 case 'H':
2230 {
2231 int sat = 3;
2232 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2233 {
2234 sat = 1;
2235 s += 3;
2236 }
2237 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2238 {
2239 sat = 0;
2240 s += 3;
2241 }
2242
2243 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2244 }
2245
2246 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2247 case '*':
2248 if (*s++ == ',')
2249 {
2250 int permloc[4];
2251 int perm = 0;
2252 int i = 0;
2253 permloc[0] = 13;
2254 permloc[1] = 10;
2255 permloc[2] = 8;
2256 permloc[3] = 6;
2257 for (; i < 4; i++)
2258 {
2259 switch (*s++)
2260 {
2261 case '0':
2262 perm = 0;
2263 break;
2264 case '1':
2265 perm = 1;
2266 break;
2267 case '2':
2268 perm = 2;
2269 break;
2270 case '3':
2271 perm = 3;
2272 break;
2273 default:
2274 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2275 }
2276 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2277 }
2278 continue;
2279 }
2280 else
2281 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2282 break;
2283
2284 default:
2285 abort ();
2286 }
2287 break;
2288
2289 /* Handle all conditions. */
2290 case '?':
2291 {
2292 args++;
2293 switch (*args)
2294 {
2295 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2296 case 'f':
2297 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2298 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2299
2300 /* Handle an add condition. */
2301 case 'A':
2302 case 'a':
2303 cmpltr = 0;
2304 flag = 0;
2305 if (*s == ',')
2306 {
2307 s++;
2308
2309 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2310 if (*args == 'A')
2311 {
2312 if (*s == '*')
2313 s++;
2314 else
2315 break;
2316 }
2317 else if (*s == '*')
2318 break;
2319 name = s;
2320
2321 name = s;
2322 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2323 s += 1;
2324 c = *s;
2325 *s = 0x00;
2326 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2327 cmpltr = 1;
2328 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2329 cmpltr = 2;
2330 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2331 cmpltr = 3;
2332 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2333 cmpltr = 4;
2334 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2335 cmpltr = 5;
2336 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2337 cmpltr = 6;
2338 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2339 cmpltr = 7;
2340 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2341 {
2342 cmpltr = 0;
2343 flag = 1;
2344 }
2345 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2346 {
2347 cmpltr = 1;
2348 flag = 1;
2349 }
2350 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2351 {
2352 cmpltr = 2;
2353 flag = 1;
2354 }
2355 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2356 {
2357 cmpltr = 3;
2358 flag = 1;
2359 }
2360 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2361 {
2362 cmpltr = 4;
2363 flag = 1;
2364 }
2365 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2366 {
2367 cmpltr = 5;
2368 flag = 1;
2369 }
2370 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2371 {
2372 cmpltr = 6;
2373 flag = 1;
2374 }
2375 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2376 {
2377 cmpltr = 7;
2378 flag = 1;
2379 }
2380 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2381 else if (*args == 'a')
2382 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2383 *s = c;
2384 }
2385 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2386 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2387
2388 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2389 case 'd':
2390 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2391 if (cmpltr < 0)
2392 {
2393 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2394 cmpltr = 0;
2395 }
2396 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2397
2398 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2399 case 'W':
2400 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2401 if (cmpltr < 0)
2402 {
2403 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2404 cmpltr = 0;
2405 }
2406 else
2407 {
2408 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2409 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2410 }
2411 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2412
2413 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2414 condition. */
2415 case '@':
2416 save_s = s;
2417 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2418 if (cmpltr < 0)
2419 {
2420 s = save_s;
2421 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2422 if (cmpltr < 0)
2423 {
2424 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2425 cmpltr = 0;
2426 }
2427 else
2428 {
2429 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2430 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2431 }
2432 }
2433 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2434
2435 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2436 case 'B':
2437 case 'b':
2438 cmpltr = 0;
2439 if (*s == ',')
2440 {
2441 s++;
2442
2443 if (*args == 'B')
2444 {
2445 if (*s == '*')
2446 s++;
2447 else
2448 break;
2449 }
2450 else if (*s == '*')
2451 break;
2452
2453 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2454 {
2455 cmpltr = 0;
2456 s++;
2457 }
2458 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2459 {
2460 cmpltr = 1;
2461 s += 2;
2462 }
2463 else
2464 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2465 }
2466 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2467
2468 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2469 case 'S':
2470 case 's':
2471 cmpltr = 0;
2472 flag = 0;
2473 if (*s == ',')
2474 {
2475 s++;
2476
2477 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2478 if (*args == 'S')
2479 {
2480 if (*s == '*')
2481 s++;
2482 else
2483 break;
2484 }
2485 else if (*s == '*')
2486 break;
2487 name = s;
2488
2489 name = s;
2490 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2491 s += 1;
2492 c = *s;
2493 *s = 0x00;
2494 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2495 cmpltr = 1;
2496 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2497 cmpltr = 2;
2498 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2499 cmpltr = 3;
2500 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2501 cmpltr = 4;
2502 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2503 cmpltr = 5;
2504 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2505 cmpltr = 6;
2506 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2507 cmpltr = 7;
2508 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2509 {
2510 cmpltr = 0;
2511 flag = 1;
2512 }
2513 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2514 {
2515 cmpltr = 1;
2516 flag = 1;
2517 }
2518 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2519 {
2520 cmpltr = 2;
2521 flag = 1;
2522 }
2523 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2524 {
2525 cmpltr = 3;
2526 flag = 1;
2527 }
2528 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2529 {
2530 cmpltr = 4;
2531 flag = 1;
2532 }
2533 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2534 {
2535 cmpltr = 5;
2536 flag = 1;
2537 }
2538 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2539 {
2540 cmpltr = 6;
2541 flag = 1;
2542 }
2543 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2544 {
2545 cmpltr = 7;
2546 flag = 1;
2547 }
2548 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2549 else if (*args != 'S')
2550 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2551 name);
2552 *s = c;
2553 }
2554 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2555 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2556
2557 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2558 case 't':
2559 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2560 if (cmpltr < 0)
2561 {
2562 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %c"), *s);
2563 cmpltr = 0;
2564 }
2565 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2566
2567 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2568 case 'n':
2569 save_s = s;
2570 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2571 if (cmpltr < 0)
2572 {
2573 s = save_s;
2574 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2575 if (cmpltr < 0)
2576 {
2577 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition."));
2578 cmpltr = 0;
2579 }
2580 else
2581 {
2582 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2583 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2584 }
2585 }
2586
2587 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2588
2589 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2590 case 'N':
2591 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2592 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2593 {
2594 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2595 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2596 }
2597 else
2598 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2599 break;
2600
2601 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2602
2603 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2604 case 'Q':
2605 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2606 if (cmpltr < 0)
2607 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2608 break;
2609
2610 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2611
2612 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2613 case 'L':
2614 case 'l':
2615 cmpltr = 0;
2616 flag = 0;
2617 if (*s == ',')
2618 {
2619 s++;
2620
2621 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2622 if (*args == 'L')
2623 {
2624 if (*s == '*')
2625 s++;
2626 else
2627 break;
2628 }
2629 else if (*s == '*')
2630 break;
2631
2632 name = s;
2633 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2634 s += 1;
2635 c = *s;
2636 *s = 0x00;
2637
2638 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2639 cmpltr = 1;
2640 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2641 cmpltr = 2;
2642 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2643 cmpltr = 3;
2644 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2645 cmpltr = 7;
2646 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2647 {
2648 cmpltr = 0;
2649 flag = 1;
2650 }
2651 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2652 {
2653 cmpltr = 1;
2654 flag = 1;
2655 }
2656 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2657 {
2658 cmpltr = 2;
2659 flag = 1;
2660 }
2661 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2662 {
2663 cmpltr = 3;
2664 flag = 1;
2665 }
2666 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2667 {
2668 cmpltr = 7;
2669 flag = 1;
2670 }
2671 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2672 else if (*args != 'L')
2673 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2674 *s = c;
2675 }
2676 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2677 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2678
2679 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2680 case 'X':
2681 case 'x':
2682 case 'y':
2683 cmpltr = 0;
2684 if (*s == ',')
2685 {
2686 save_s = s++;
2687
2688 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2689 if (*args == 'X')
2690 {
2691 if (*s == '*')
2692 s++;
2693 else
2694 break;
2695 }
2696 else if (*s == '*')
2697 break;
2698
2699 name = s;
2700 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2701 s += 1;
2702 c = *s;
2703 *s = 0x00;
2704 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2705 cmpltr = 1;
2706 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2707 cmpltr = 2;
2708 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2709 cmpltr = 3;
2710 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2711 cmpltr = 4;
2712 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2713 cmpltr = 5;
2714 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2715 cmpltr = 6;
2716 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2717 cmpltr = 7;
2718 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2719 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2720 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2721 {
2722 *s = c;
2723 s = save_s;
2724 continue;
2725 }
2726 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2727 else if (*args != 'X')
2728 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2729 *s = c;
2730 }
2731 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2732
2733 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2734 case 'U':
2735 case 'u':
2736 cmpltr = 0;
2737 flag = 0;
2738 if (*s == ',')
2739 {
2740 s++;
2741
2742 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2743 if (*args == 'U')
2744 {
2745 if (*s == '*')
2746 s++;
2747 else
2748 break;
2749 }
2750 else if (*s == '*')
2751 break;
2752
2753 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2754 {
2755 cmpltr = 2;
2756 s += 3;
2757 }
2758 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2759 {
2760 cmpltr = 3;
2761 s += 3;
2762 }
2763 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2764 {
2765 cmpltr = 4;
2766 s += 3;
2767 }
2768 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2769 {
2770 cmpltr = 6;
2771 s += 3;
2772 }
2773 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2774 {
2775 cmpltr = 7;
2776 s += 3;
2777 }
2778 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2779 {
2780 cmpltr = 0;
2781 flag = 1;
2782 s += 2;
2783 }
2784 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2785 {
2786 cmpltr = 2;
2787 flag = 1;
2788 s += 3;
2789 }
2790 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2791 {
2792 cmpltr = 3;
2793 flag = 1;
2794 s += 3;
2795 }
2796 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2797 {
2798 cmpltr = 4;
2799 flag = 1;
2800 s += 3;
2801 }
2802 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2803 {
2804 cmpltr = 6;
2805 flag = 1;
2806 s += 3;
2807 }
2808 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2809 {
2810 cmpltr = 7;
2811 flag = 1;
2812 s += 3;
2813 }
2814 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2815 {
2816 cmpltr = 1;
2817 flag = 0;
2818 s += 3;
2819 }
2820 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2821 {
2822 cmpltr = 5;
2823 flag = 0;
2824 s += 3;
2825 }
2826 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2827 {
2828 cmpltr = 1;
2829 flag = 1;
2830 s += 3;
2831 }
2832 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2833 {
2834 cmpltr = 5;
2835 flag = 1;
2836 s += 3;
2837 }
2838 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2839 else if (*args != 'U')
2840 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2841 }
2842 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2843 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2844
2845 default:
2846 abort ();
2847 }
2848 break;
2849 }
2850
2851 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2852 case 'n':
2853 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2854 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2855
2856 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2857 case 'N':
2858 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2859 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2860
2861 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2862 case 'L':
2863 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2864 s += 4;
2865 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2866 s += 4;
2867 else
2868 break;
2869 continue;
2870
2871 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2872 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2873 case 'h':
2874 get_expression (s);
2875 s = expr_end;
2876 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2877 {
2878 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2879 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2880 num++;
2881 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2882 }
2883 else
2884 break;
2885
2886 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2887 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2888 case 'm':
2889 get_expression (s);
2890 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2891 {
2892 s = expr_end;
2893 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2894 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2895 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2896 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2897 }
2898 else
2899 break;
2900
2901 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2902 case '=':
2903 {
2904 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2905 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2906 }
2907
2908 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2909 case 'i':
2910 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2911 get_expression (s);
2912 s = expr_end;
2913 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2914 {
2915 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2916 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2917 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2918 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2919 }
2920 else
2921 {
2922 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2923 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2924 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2925 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2926 else
2927 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2928 the_insn.format = 11;
2929 continue;
2930 }
2931
2932 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2933 case 'J':
2934 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2935 get_expression (s);
2936 s = expr_end;
2937 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2938 {
2939 int a, m;
2940
2941 /* XXX the completer stored away tibits of information
2942 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2943 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2944 good to rethink this. */
2945 m = (opcode & (1 << 8)) != 0;
2946 a = (opcode & (1 << 9)) != 0;
2947 opcode &= ~ (3 << 8);
2948 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2949 if ((a == 1 && num >= 0) || (a == 0 && num < 0))
2950 break;
2951 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2952 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2953 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2954 }
2955 else
2956 {
2957 break;
2958 }
2959
2960 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2961 case 'K':
2962 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2963 get_expression (s);
2964 s = expr_end;
2965 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2966 {
2967 int a, m;
2968
2969 /* XXX the completer stored away tibits of information
2970 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2971 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2972 good to rethink this. */
2973 m = (opcode & (1 << 8)) != 0;
2974 a = (opcode & (1 << 9)) != 0;
2975 opcode &= ~ (3 << 8);
2976 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2977 if ((a == 1 && num < 0) || (a == 0 && num > 0))
2978 break;
2979 if (num % 4)
2980 break;
2981 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2982 if (num < 0)
2983 opcode |= 1;
2984 num &= 0x1fff;
2985 num >>= 2;
2986 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
2987 }
2988 else
2989 {
2990 break;
2991 }
2992
2993 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
2994 case '#':
2995 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2996 get_expression (s);
2997 s = expr_end;
2998 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2999 {
3000 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3001 if (num & 0x7)
3002 break;
3003 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3004 if (num < 0)
3005 opcode |= 1;
3006 num &= 0x1fff;
3007 num >>= 3;
3008 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3009 }
3010 else
3011 {
3012 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3013 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3014 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3015 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3016 else
3017 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3018 the_insn.format = 14;
3019 continue;
3020 }
3021 break;
3022
3023 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3024 case 'd':
3025 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3026 get_expression (s);
3027 s = expr_end;
3028 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3029 {
3030 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3031 if (num & 0x3)
3032 break;
3033 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3034 if (num < 0)
3035 opcode |= 1;
3036 num &= 0x1fff;
3037 num >>= 2;
3038 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3039 }
3040 else
3041 {
3042 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3043 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3044 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3045 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3046 else
3047 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3048 the_insn.format = 14;
3049 continue;
3050 }
3051
3052 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3053 case 'j':
3054 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3055 get_expression (s);
3056 s = expr_end;
3057 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3058 {
3059 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3060 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3061 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3062 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3063 }
3064 else
3065 {
3066 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3067 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3068 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3069 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3070 else
3071 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3072 the_insn.format = 14;
3073 continue;
3074 }
3075
3076 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3077 case 'k':
3078 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3079 get_expression (s);
3080 s = expr_end;
3081 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3082 {
3083 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3084 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3085 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3086 continue;
3087 }
3088 else
3089 {
3090 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3091 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3092 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3093 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3094 else
3095 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3096 the_insn.format = 21;
3097 continue;
3098 }
3099
3100 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3101 case 'l':
3102 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3103 get_expression (s);
3104 s = expr_end;
3105 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3106 {
3107 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3108 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3109 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3110 continue;
3111 }
3112 else
3113 {
3114 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3115 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3116 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3117 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3118 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3119 else
3120 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3121 the_insn.format = 14;
3122 continue;
3123 }
3124
3125 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3126 case 'y':
3127 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3128 get_expression (s);
3129 s = expr_end;
3130 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3131 {
3132 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3133 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3134 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3135 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3136 continue;
3137 }
3138 else
3139 {
3140 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3141 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3142 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3143 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3144 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3145 else
3146 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3147 the_insn.format = 14;
3148 continue;
3149 }
3150
3151 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3152 case '&':
3153 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3154 get_expression (s);
3155 s = expr_end;
3156 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3157 {
3158 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3159 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3160 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3161 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3162 continue;
3163 }
3164 else
3165 {
3166 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3167 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3168 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3169 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3170 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3171 else
3172 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3173 the_insn.format = 14;
3174 continue;
3175 }
3176
3177 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3178 case 'w':
3179 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3180 get_expression (s);
3181 s = expr_end;
3182 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3183 if (!strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), "L$0\001"))
3184 {
3185 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3186 if (num % 4)
3187 {
3188 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3189 break;
3190 }
3191 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8199, -8184, 0);
3192
3193 opcode |= re_assemble_12 ((num - 8) >> 2);
3194 continue;
3195 }
3196 else
3197 {
3198 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3199 the_insn.format = 12;
3200 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3201 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3202 s = expr_end;
3203 continue;
3204 }
3205
3206 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3207 case 'W':
3208 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3209 get_expression (s);
3210 s = expr_end;
3211 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3212 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3213 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3214 "L$0\001"))
3215 {
3216 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3217 if (num % 4)
3218 {
3219 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3220 break;
3221 }
3222 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3223
3224 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3225 num -= 8;
3226
3227 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3228 continue;
3229 }
3230 else
3231 {
3232 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3233 the_insn.format = 17;
3234 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3235 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3236 continue;
3237 }
3238
3239 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3240 case 'X':
3241 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3242 get_expression (s);
3243 s = expr_end;
3244 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3245 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3246 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3247 "L$0\001"))
3248 {
3249 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3250 if (num % 4)
3251 {
3252 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3253 break;
3254 }
3255 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3256
3257 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3258 num -= 8;
3259
3260 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3261 }
3262 else
3263 {
3264 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3265 the_insn.format = 22;
3266 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3267 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3268 continue;
3269 }
3270
3271 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3272 case 'z':
3273 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3274 get_expression (s);
3275 s = expr_end;
3276 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3277 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3278 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3279 "L$0\001"))
3280 {
3281 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3282 if (num % 4)
3283 {
3284 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3285 break;
3286 }
3287 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3288
3289 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3290 num -= 8;
3291
3292 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3293 continue;
3294 }
3295 else
3296 {
3297 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3298 the_insn.format = 17;
3299 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3300 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3301 continue;
3302 }
3303
3304 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3305 case 'Z':
3306 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3307 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3308 {
3309 s += 4;
3310 continue;
3311 }
3312 else
3313 break;
3314
3315 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3316 case 'Y':
3317 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3318 break;
3319 s += 9;
3320 continue;
3321
3322 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3323 case '@':
3324 if (*s != '0')
3325 break;
3326 s++;
3327 continue;
3328
3329 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3330 case '.':
3331 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3332 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3333 break;
3334 s = expr_end;
3335 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3336 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3337
3338 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3339 case '*':
3340 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3341 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3342 break;
3343 s = expr_end;
3344 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3345 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3346
3347 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3348 case 'p':
3349 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3350 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3351 break;
3352 s = expr_end;
3353 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3354 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3355
3356 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3357 case '~':
3358 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3359 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3360 break;
3361 s = expr_end;
3362 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3363 num = 63 - num;
3364 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3365 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3366
3367 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3368 case '%':
3369 flag = 0;
3370 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3371 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3372 break;
3373 s = expr_end;
3374 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3375 num--;
3376 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3377 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3378 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3379
3380 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3381 case '|':
3382 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3383 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3384 break;
3385 s = expr_end;
3386 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3387 num--;
3388 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3389 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3390 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3391
3392 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3393 case 'P':
3394 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3395 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3396 break;
3397 s = expr_end;
3398 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3399 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3400
3401 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3402 case 'q':
3403 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3404 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3405 break;
3406 s = expr_end;
3407 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3408 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3409 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3410
3411 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3412 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3413 case 'B':
3414 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3415 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3416 break;
3417 s = expr_end;
3418 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3419 if (num & 0x20)
3420 ;
3421 else
3422 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3423 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3424
3425 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3426 case 'Q':
3427 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3428 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3429 break;
3430 s = expr_end;
3431 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3432 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3433
3434 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3435 case '$':
3436 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3437 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3438 break;
3439 s = expr_end;
3440 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3441 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3442
3443 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3444 case 'A':
3445 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3446 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3447 break;
3448 s = expr_end;
3449 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3450 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3451
3452 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3453 case 'D':
3454 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3455 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3456 break;
3457 s = expr_end;
3458 CHECK_FIELD (num, 671108864, 0, strict);
3459 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3460
3461 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3462 case 'v':
3463 if (*s++ != ',')
3464 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3465 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3466 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3467 break;
3468 s = expr_end;
3469 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3470 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3471
3472 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3473 case 'O':
3474 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3475 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3476 break;
3477 s = expr_end;
3478 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3479 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3480 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3481
3482 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3483 case 'o':
3484 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3485 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3486 break;
3487 s = expr_end;
3488 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3489 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3490
3491 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3492 case '0':
3493 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3494 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3495 break;
3496 s = expr_end;
3497 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3498 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3499 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3500
3501 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3502 case '1':
3503 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3504 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3505 break;
3506 s = expr_end;
3507 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3508 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3509 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3510
3511 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3512 case 'u':
3513 if (*s++ != ',')
3514 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3515 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3516 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3517 break;
3518 s = expr_end;
3519 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3520 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3521
3522 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3523 case '2':
3524 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3525 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3526 break;
3527 s = expr_end;
3528 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3529 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3530 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3531
3532 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3533 case '{':
3534 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3535 {
3536 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3537 s += 2;
3538 }
3539 else
3540 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3541 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3542 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3543 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3544 flag = SGL;
3545 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3546 flag = DBL;
3547 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3548 flag = QUAD;
3549 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3550
3551 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3552 case '_':
3553 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3554 s--;
3555 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3556 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3557 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3558 flag = SGL;
3559 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3560 flag = DBL;
3561 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3562 flag = QUAD;
3563 opcode |= flag << 13;
3564 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3565 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3566 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3567 {
3568 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3569 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3570 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3571 flag = 0;
3572 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3573 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3574 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3575 flag = 2;
3576 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3577 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3578 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3579 flag = 6;
3580 else
3581 abort ();
3582 }
3583 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3584 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3585 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3586 {
3587 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3588 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3589 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3590 flag = 1;
3591 else
3592 abort ();
3593 }
3594 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3595 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3596 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3597 {
3598 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3599 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3600 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3601 flag = 5;
3602 else
3603 abort ();
3604 }
3605 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3606 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3607
3608 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3609 case 'F':
3610 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3611 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3612 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3613
3614 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3615 case 'G':
3616 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3617 s--;
3618 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3619 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3620 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3621
3622 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3623 case 'I':
3624 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3625 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3626 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3627
3628 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3629 Only allows single and double precision. */
3630 case 'H':
3631 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3632 switch (flag)
3633 {
3634 case SGL:
3635 opcode |= 0x20;
3636 case DBL:
3637 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3638 continue;
3639
3640 case QUAD:
3641 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3642 default:
3643 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3644 }
3645 break;
3646
3647 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3648 case 'f':
3649 switch (*++args)
3650 {
3651 /* Float target register. */
3652 case 't':
3653 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3654 break;
3655 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3656 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3657 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3658
3659 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3660 case 'T':
3661 {
3662 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3663 break;
3664 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3665 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3666 opcode |= num;
3667
3668 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3669 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3670 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3671 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3672 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3673 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3674
3675 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3676 continue;
3677 }
3678
3679 /* Float operand 1. */
3680 case 'a':
3681 {
3682 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3683 break;
3684 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3685 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3686 opcode |= num << 21;
3687 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3688 {
3689 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3690 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3691 }
3692 continue;
3693 }
3694
3695 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3696 case 'X':
3697 case 'A':
3698 {
3699 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3700 break;
3701 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3702 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3703 opcode |= num << 21;
3704 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3705 continue;
3706 }
3707
3708 /* Float operand 2. */
3709 case 'b':
3710 {
3711 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3712 break;
3713 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3714 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3715 opcode |= num << 16;
3716 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3717 {
3718 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3719 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3720 }
3721 continue;
3722 }
3723
3724 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3725 case 'B':
3726 {
3727 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3728 break;
3729 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3730 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3731 opcode |= num << 16;
3732 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3733 continue;
3734 }
3735
3736 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3737 case 'C':
3738 {
3739 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3740 break;
3741 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3742 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3743 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3744 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3745 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3746 continue;
3747 }
3748
3749 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3750 case 'i':
3751 {
3752 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3753 break;
3754 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3755 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3756 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3757 {
3758 if (num < 16)
3759 {
3760 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3761 break;
3762 }
3763 num &= 0xF;
3764 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3765 }
3766 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3767 }
3768
3769 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3770 case 'j':
3771 {
3772 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3773 break;
3774 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3775 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3776 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3777 {
3778 if (num < 16)
3779 {
3780 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3781 break;
3782 }
3783 num &= 0xF;
3784 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3785 }
3786 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3787 }
3788
3789 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3790 case 'k':
3791 {
3792 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3793 break;
3794 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3795 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3796 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3797 {
3798 if (num < 16)
3799 {
3800 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3801 break;
3802 }
3803 num &= 0xF;
3804 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3805 }
3806 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3807 }
3808
3809 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3810 case 'l':
3811 {
3812 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3813 break;
3814 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3815 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3816 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3817 {
3818 if (num < 16)
3819 {
3820 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3821 break;
3822 }
3823 num &= 0xF;
3824 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3825 }
3826 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3827 }
3828
3829 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3830 case 'm':
3831 {
3832 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3833 break;
3834 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3835 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3836 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3837 {
3838 if (num < 16)
3839 {
3840 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3841 break;
3842 }
3843 num &= 0xF;
3844 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3845 }
3846 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3847 }
3848
3849 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3850 case 'E':
3851 case 'e':
3852 {
3853 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3854 break;
3855 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3856 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3857 opcode |= num << 16;
3858 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3859 {
3860 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3861 }
3862 continue;
3863 }
3864
3865 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3866 case 'x':
3867 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3868 break;
3869 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3870 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3871 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3872
3873 default:
3874 abort ();
3875 }
3876 break;
3877
3878 default:
3879 abort ();
3880 }
3881 break;
3882 }
3883
3884 failed:
3885 /* Check if the args matched. */
3886 if (match == FALSE)
3887 {
3888 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3889 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3890 {
3891 ++insn;
3892 s = argstart;
3893 continue;
3894 }
3895 else
3896 {
3897 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3898 return;
3899 }
3900 }
3901 break;
3902 }
3903
3904 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3905 }
3906
3907 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3908 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3909 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3910
3911 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
3912
3913 char *
3914 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
3915 char type;
3916 char *litP;
3917 int *sizeP;
3918 {
3919 int prec;
3920 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
3921 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
3922 char *t;
3923
3924 switch (type)
3925 {
3926
3927 case 'f':
3928 case 'F':
3929 case 's':
3930 case 'S':
3931 prec = 2;
3932 break;
3933
3934 case 'd':
3935 case 'D':
3936 case 'r':
3937 case 'R':
3938 prec = 4;
3939 break;
3940
3941 case 'x':
3942 case 'X':
3943 prec = 6;
3944 break;
3945
3946 case 'p':
3947 case 'P':
3948 prec = 6;
3949 break;
3950
3951 default:
3952 *sizeP = 0;
3953 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
3954 }
3955 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
3956 if (t)
3957 input_line_pointer = t;
3958 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
3959 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
3960 {
3961 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
3962 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
3963 }
3964 return NULL;
3965 }
3966
3967 /* Write out big-endian. */
3968
3969 void
3970 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
3971 char *buf;
3972 valueT val;
3973 int n;
3974 {
3975 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
3976 }
3977
3978 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
3979 format. */
3980
3981 arelent **
3982 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
3983 asection *section;
3984 fixS *fixp;
3985 {
3986 arelent *reloc;
3987 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
3988 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
3989 arelent **relocs;
3990 reloc_type **codes;
3991 reloc_type code;
3992 int n_relocs;
3993 int i;
3994
3995 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
3996 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
3997 return &no_relocs;
3998
3999 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4000 assert (section != 0);
4001
4002 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4003
4004 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4005 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4006 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4007 fixp->fx_r_type,
4008 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4009 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4010 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4011 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4012
4013 if (codes == NULL)
4014 {
4015 as_bad (_("Cannot handle fixup at %s:%d"), fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line);
4016 abort ();
4017 }
4018
4019 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4020 ;
4021
4022 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4023 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4024 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4025 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4026
4027 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4028
4029 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4030 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4031 {
4032 default:
4033 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4034
4035 code = *codes[0];
4036
4037 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4038 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4039 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4040 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4041 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4042
4043 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4044
4045 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4046 switch (code)
4047 {
4048 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4049 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4050 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4051 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4052 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4053 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4054 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4055 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4056 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4057 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4058
4059 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4060 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4061 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4062 reloc->addend = 0;
4063 break;
4064
4065 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4066 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4067 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4068 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4069 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4070 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4071 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4072 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4073 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4074 fixp->fx_offset);
4075 break;
4076 #endif
4077
4078 default:
4079 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4080 break;
4081 }
4082 break;
4083 }
4084 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4085
4086 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4087 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4088 {
4089 code = *codes[i];
4090
4091 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4092 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4093 relocs[i]->howto =
4094 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4095 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4096 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4097
4098 switch (code)
4099 {
4100 case R_COMP2:
4101 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4102 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4103 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4104 assert (i == 1);
4105 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4106 relocs[0]->howto =
4107 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4108 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4109 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4110 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4111 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4112 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4113 relocs[1]->howto =
4114 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4115 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4116 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4117 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4118 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4119 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4120 relocs[2]->howto =
4121 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4122 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4123 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4124 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4125 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4126 relocs[3]->howto =
4127 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4128 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4129 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4130 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4131 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4132 relocs[4]->howto =
4133 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4134 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4135 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4136 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4137 goto done;
4138 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4139 case R_ABS_CALL:
4140 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4141 break;
4142
4143 case R_DLT_REL:
4144 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4145 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4146 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4147 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4148 (static link required).
4149
4150 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4151
4152 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4153 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4154 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4155 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4156 break;
4157
4158 case R_N_MODE:
4159 case R_S_MODE:
4160 case R_D_MODE:
4161 case R_R_MODE:
4162 case R_FSEL:
4163 case R_LSEL:
4164 case R_RSEL:
4165 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4166 case R_END_BRTAB:
4167 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4168 case R_N0SEL:
4169 case R_N1SEL:
4170 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4171 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4172 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4173 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4174 break;
4175
4176 case R_END_TRY:
4177 case R_ENTRY:
4178 case R_EXIT:
4179 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4180 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4181 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4182 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4183 break;
4184
4185 default:
4186 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4187 }
4188 }
4189
4190 done:
4191 #endif
4192
4193 return relocs;
4194 }
4195
4196 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4197
4198 void
4199 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4200 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4201 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4202 register fragS *fragP;
4203 {
4204 unsigned int address;
4205
4206 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4207 {
4208 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4209 {
4210 case 0:
4211 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4212 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4213 know (fragP->fr_next);
4214 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4215 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4216 {
4217 fragP->fr_offset =
4218 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4219 - fragP->fr_address
4220 - fragP->fr_fix;
4221 }
4222 else
4223 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4224 break;
4225 }
4226 }
4227 }
4228
4229 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4230
4231 valueT
4232 md_section_align (segment, size)
4233 asection *segment;
4234 valueT size;
4235 {
4236 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4237 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4238
4239 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4240 }
4241
4242 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4243 int
4244 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4245 register fragS *fragP;
4246 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4247 {
4248 int size;
4249
4250 size = 0;
4251
4252 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4253 size++;
4254
4255 return size;
4256 }
4257 \f
4258 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4259 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4260 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4261 # else
4262 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4263 # endif
4264 #else
4265 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4266 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4267 # else
4268 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4269 # endif
4270 #endif
4271
4272 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4273 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4274 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4275 #endif
4276 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4277 };
4278 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof(md_longopts);
4279
4280 int
4281 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4282 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4283 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4284 {
4285 switch (c)
4286 {
4287 default:
4288 return 0;
4289
4290 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4291 case 'V':
4292 print_version_id ();
4293 break;
4294 #endif
4295 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4296 case 'c':
4297 warn_comment = 1;
4298 break;
4299 #endif
4300 }
4301
4302 return 1;
4303 }
4304
4305 void
4306 md_show_usage (stream)
4307 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4308 {
4309 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4310 fprintf (stream, _("\
4311 -Q ignored\n"));
4312 #endif
4313 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4314 fprintf (stream, _("\
4315 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4316 #endif
4317 }
4318 \f
4319 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4320
4321 symbolS *
4322 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4323 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4324 {
4325 return 0;
4326 }
4327
4328 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4329 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4330 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4331 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4332 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4333 #else
4334 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4335 #endif
4336
4337 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4338
4339 int
4340 md_apply_fix (fixP, valp)
4341 fixS *fixP;
4342 valueT *valp;
4343 {
4344 unsigned char *buf;
4345 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4346 offsetT new_val;
4347 int insn, val, fmt;
4348
4349 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4350 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4351 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4352 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4353 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4354 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4355 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4356 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4357 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4358 return 1;
4359
4360 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4361 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4362 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4363 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4364 {
4365 fixP->fx_offset = *valp;
4366 return 1;
4367 }
4368 #endif
4369 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4370 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4371 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4372 return 1;
4373 #endif
4374
4375 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4376 with the GAS fixup. */
4377 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4378 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4379 {
4380 printf (_("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x at %s:%d"),
4381 fixP->fx_r_type, fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4382 return 0;
4383 }
4384
4385 buf = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
4386 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4387 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4388
4389 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4390 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4391 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4392 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4393 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4394 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4395 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4396 && fmt != 32
4397 #endif
4398 )
4399 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4400 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4401 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4402 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4403 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4404 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4405 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4406 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4407 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4408 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4409 /* This is truly disgusting. The machine independent code blindly
4410 adds in the value of the symbol being relocated against. Damn! */
4411 else if (fmt == 32
4412 && fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4413 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != bfd_com_section_ptr)
4414 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp - S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy),
4415 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4416 #endif
4417 else
4418 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4419
4420 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4421 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4422 && fixP->fx_addsy
4423 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4424 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4425 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4426 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4427 && (*valp - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4428 || (fmt == 17 && *valp - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4429 || (fmt == 22 && *valp - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4430 #endif
4431 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4432 && (*valp - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4433 || (fmt == 22 && *valp - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4434 #endif
4435 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4436 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4437 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4438 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4439 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4440 {
4441 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4442 }
4443
4444 switch (fmt)
4445 {
4446 case 10:
4447 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4448 val = new_val;
4449
4450 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4451 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4452 break;
4453 case -11:
4454 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4455 val = new_val;
4456
4457 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4458 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4459 break;
4460 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4461 case 14:
4462 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4463 val = new_val;
4464
4465 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4466 break;
4467
4468 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4469 case 21:
4470 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4471 val = new_val;
4472
4473 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4474 break;
4475
4476 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4477 case 11:
4478 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 1023, -1023, 0);
4479 val = new_val;
4480
4481 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4482 break;
4483
4484 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4485 case 12:
4486 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192, 0);
4487 val = new_val - 8;
4488
4489 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4490 break;
4491
4492 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4493 case 17:
4494 {
4495 offsetT distance = *valp;
4496
4497 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4498 range target, then we want to complain. */
4499 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4500 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4501 CHECK_FIELD (distance - 8, 262143, -262144, 0);
4502
4503 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144, 0);
4504 val = new_val - 8;
4505
4506 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4507 break;
4508 }
4509
4510 case 22:
4511 {
4512 offsetT distance = *valp;
4513
4514 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4515 range target, then we want to complain. */
4516 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4517 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4518 CHECK_FIELD (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
4519
4520 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
4521 val = new_val - 8;
4522
4523 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4524 break;
4525 }
4526
4527 case -10:
4528 val = new_val;
4529 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4530 break;
4531
4532 case -16:
4533 val = new_val;
4534 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4535 break;
4536
4537 case 16:
4538 val = new_val;
4539 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4540 break;
4541
4542 case 32:
4543 insn = new_val;
4544 break;
4545
4546 default:
4547 as_bad (_("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4548 return 0;
4549 }
4550
4551 /* Insert the relocation. */
4552 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4553 return 1;
4554 }
4555
4556 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4557 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4558
4559 long
4560 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4561 fixS *fixP;
4562 {
4563 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4564 }
4565
4566 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4567 a statement. */
4568
4569 static int
4570 is_end_of_statement ()
4571 {
4572 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4573 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4574 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4575 }
4576
4577 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4578 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4579 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4580
4581 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4582 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4583 returned in `pa_number'.
4584
4585 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4586 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4587 not set.
4588
4589 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4590 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4591
4592 static int
4593 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4594 char **s;
4595 int is_float;
4596 {
4597 int num;
4598 char *name;
4599 char c;
4600 symbolS *sym;
4601 int status;
4602 char *p = *s;
4603 boolean have_prefix;
4604
4605 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4606 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4607 p = p + 1;
4608
4609 pa_number = -1;
4610 have_prefix = 0;
4611 num = 0;
4612 if (!strict && isdigit (*p))
4613 {
4614 /* Looks like a number. */
4615
4616 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4617 {
4618 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4619 p += 2;
4620 while (isdigit (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4621 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4622 {
4623 if (isdigit (*p))
4624 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4625 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4626 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4627 else
4628 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4629 ++p;
4630 }
4631 }
4632 else
4633 {
4634 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4635 while (isdigit (*p))
4636 {
4637 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4638 ++p;
4639 }
4640 }
4641
4642 pa_number = num;
4643
4644 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4645 if (is_float)
4646 {
4647 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4648 if (! (is_float & 2))
4649 {
4650 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4651 {
4652 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4653 ++p;
4654 }
4655 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4656 {
4657 ++p;
4658 }
4659 }
4660 }
4661 }
4662 else if (*p == '%')
4663 {
4664 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4665 have_prefix = 1;
4666 name = p;
4667 p++;
4668 c = *p;
4669 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4670 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4671 slow. */
4672 if (c == 'r')
4673 {
4674 p++;
4675 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4676 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4677 {
4678 p += 2;
4679 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4680 p++;
4681 }
4682 else if (*p == 'p')
4683 {
4684 num = 2;
4685 p++;
4686 }
4687 else if (!isdigit (*p))
4688 {
4689 if (print_errors)
4690 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4691 num = -1;
4692 }
4693 else
4694 {
4695 do
4696 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4697 while (isdigit (*p));
4698 }
4699 }
4700 else
4701 {
4702 /* Do a normal register search. */
4703 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4704 {
4705 p = p + 1;
4706 c = *p;
4707 }
4708 *p = 0;
4709 status = reg_name_search (name);
4710 if (status >= 0)
4711 num = status;
4712 else
4713 {
4714 if (print_errors)
4715 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4716 num = -1;
4717 }
4718 *p = c;
4719 }
4720
4721 pa_number = num;
4722 }
4723 else
4724 {
4725 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4726 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4727 name = p;
4728 c = *p;
4729 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4730 {
4731 p = p + 1;
4732 c = *p;
4733 }
4734 *p = 0;
4735 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4736 {
4737 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4738 {
4739 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4740 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4741 register, so... */
4742 have_prefix = true;
4743 }
4744 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4745 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4746 else if (!strict)
4747 {
4748 if (print_errors)
4749 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4750 num = -1;
4751 }
4752 }
4753 else if (!strict)
4754 {
4755 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4756 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4757 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4758 compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4759 if (*name == 0)
4760 num = 0;
4761 else
4762 {
4763 if (print_errors)
4764 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4765 num = -1;
4766 }
4767 }
4768 *p = c;
4769
4770 pa_number = num;
4771 }
4772
4773 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4774 {
4775 *s = p;
4776 return 1;
4777 }
4778 return 0;
4779 }
4780
4781 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof(pre_defined_registers) / sizeof(struct pd_reg))
4782
4783 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4784 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4785
4786 static int
4787 reg_name_search (name)
4788 char *name;
4789 {
4790 int middle, low, high;
4791 int cmp;
4792
4793 low = 0;
4794 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4795
4796 do
4797 {
4798 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4799 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4800 if (cmp < 0)
4801 high = middle - 1;
4802 else if (cmp > 0)
4803 low = middle + 1;
4804 else
4805 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4806 }
4807 while (low <= high);
4808
4809 return -1;
4810 }
4811
4812 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4813 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4814
4815 static int
4816 need_pa11_opcode ()
4817 {
4818 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4819 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4820 {
4821 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4822 then set a new architecture. */
4823 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4824 {
4825 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4826 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4827 }
4828 return TRUE;
4829 }
4830 else
4831 return FALSE;
4832 }
4833
4834 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4835 code associated with the condition. */
4836
4837 static int
4838 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4839 char **s;
4840 {
4841 int cond, i;
4842
4843 cond = 0;
4844
4845 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4846 {
4847 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4848 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4849 {
4850 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4851 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4852 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4853 report an error. */
4854 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4855 {
4856 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4857 break;
4858 }
4859 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4860 *s = *s + 1;
4861 return cond;
4862 }
4863 }
4864
4865 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4866
4867 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4868 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4869 *s += 1;
4870
4871 return 0;
4872 }
4873
4874 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4875
4876 static int
4877 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4878 char **s;
4879 {
4880 int value;
4881
4882 value = 0;
4883 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4884 {
4885 value = 5;
4886 *s += 4;
4887 }
4888 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4889 {
4890 value = 9;
4891 *s += 4;
4892 }
4893 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4894 {
4895 value = 13;
4896 *s += 4;
4897 }
4898 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
4899 {
4900 value = 17;
4901 *s += 4;
4902 }
4903 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
4904 {
4905 value = 1;
4906 *s += 3;
4907 }
4908 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
4909 {
4910 value = 6;
4911 *s += 4;
4912 }
4913 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
4914 {
4915 value = 2;
4916 *s += 3;
4917 }
4918 else
4919 {
4920 value = 0;
4921 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
4922 }
4923
4924 return value;
4925 }
4926
4927 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
4928 type. */
4929
4930 static fp_operand_format
4931 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
4932 char **s;
4933 {
4934 int format;
4935
4936 format = SGL;
4937 if (**s == ',')
4938 {
4939 *s += 1;
4940 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
4941 {
4942 format = SGL;
4943 *s += 4;
4944 }
4945 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
4946 {
4947 format = DBL;
4948 *s += 4;
4949 }
4950 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
4951 {
4952 format = QUAD;
4953 *s += 5;
4954 }
4955 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
4956 {
4957 format = W;
4958 *s += 2;
4959 }
4960 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
4961 {
4962 format = UW;
4963 *s += 3;
4964 }
4965 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
4966 {
4967 format = DW;
4968 *s += 3;
4969 }
4970 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
4971 {
4972 format = UDW;
4973 *s += 4;
4974 }
4975 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
4976 {
4977 format = QW;
4978 *s += 3;
4979 }
4980 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
4981 {
4982 format = UQW;
4983 *s += 4;
4984 }
4985 else
4986 {
4987 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
4988 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
4989 }
4990 }
4991
4992 return format;
4993 }
4994
4995 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
4996 type. */
4997
4998 static fp_operand_format
4999 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5000 char **s;
5001 {
5002 int format;
5003
5004 format = SGL;
5005 if (**s == ',')
5006 {
5007 *s += 1;
5008 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5009 {
5010 format = SGL;
5011 *s += 4;
5012 }
5013 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5014 {
5015 format = DBL;
5016 *s += 4;
5017 }
5018 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5019 {
5020 format = QUAD;
5021 *s += 5;
5022 }
5023 else
5024 {
5025 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5026 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5027 }
5028 }
5029
5030 return format;
5031 }
5032
5033 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5034
5035 static int
5036 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5037 char **str;
5038 {
5039 int middle, low, high;
5040 int cmp;
5041 char name[4];
5042
5043 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5044 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5045 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5046 *str = *str + 1;
5047
5048 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5049 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5050 name[1] = 0;
5051 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5052 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5053 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5054 name[2] = 0;
5055 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5056 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5057 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5058 name[2] = tolower ((*str)[2]),
5059 name[3] = 0;
5060 else
5061 return e_fsel;
5062
5063 low = 0;
5064 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5065
5066 do
5067 {
5068 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5069 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5070 if (cmp < 0)
5071 high = middle - 1;
5072 else if (cmp > 0)
5073 low = middle + 1;
5074 else
5075 {
5076 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5077 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5078 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5079 return e_fsel;
5080 #endif
5081 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5082 }
5083 }
5084 while (low <= high);
5085
5086 return e_fsel;
5087 }
5088
5089 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5090
5091 static int
5092 get_expression (str)
5093 char *str;
5094 {
5095 char *save_in;
5096 asection *seg;
5097
5098 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5099 input_line_pointer = str;
5100 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5101 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5102 || seg == undefined_section
5103 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5104 {
5105 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5106 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5107 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5108 return 1;
5109 }
5110 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5111 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5112 return 0;
5113 }
5114
5115 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5116 static int
5117 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5118 struct pa_it *insn;
5119 char **strp;
5120 {
5121 char *save_in;
5122
5123 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5124 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5125 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5126 expression (&insn->exp);
5127 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5128
5129 The PA assembly syntax is ambigious in a variety of ways. Consider
5130 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5131 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5132
5133 If we get a modulo expresion When looking for an absolute, we try
5134 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5135 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5136 {
5137 char *s, c;
5138 int retval;
5139
5140 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5141 s = *strp;
5142 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5143 s++;
5144
5145 c = *s;
5146 *s = 0;
5147
5148 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5149
5150 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5151 *s = c;
5152 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5153 }
5154 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5155 and return to our caller. */
5156 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5157 {
5158 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5159 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5160 return 0;
5161 }
5162 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5163 {
5164 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5165 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5166 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5167 return 0;
5168 }
5169 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5170 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5171 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5172 }
5173
5174 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5175 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5176 static int
5177 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5178 struct pa_it *insn;
5179 {
5180 offsetT value;
5181 expressionS exp;
5182 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5183
5184 exp = insn->exp;
5185 value = exp.X_add_number;
5186
5187 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5188 }
5189
5190 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5191 argument location number. */
5192
5193 static unsigned int
5194 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5195 char *type_name;
5196 {
5197
5198 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5199 return 0;
5200 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5201 return 1;
5202 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5203 return 2;
5204 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5205 return 3;
5206 else
5207 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5208
5209 return 0;
5210 }
5211
5212 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5213 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5214
5215 static unsigned int
5216 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5217 unsigned int reg;
5218 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5219 {
5220 unsigned int new_reloc;
5221
5222 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5223 switch (reg)
5224 {
5225 case 0:
5226 new_reloc <<= 8;
5227 break;
5228 case 1:
5229 new_reloc <<= 6;
5230 break;
5231 case 2:
5232 new_reloc <<= 4;
5233 break;
5234 case 3:
5235 new_reloc <<= 2;
5236 break;
5237 default:
5238 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5239 }
5240
5241 return new_reloc;
5242 }
5243
5244 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5245 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5246
5247 static int
5248 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5249 char **s;
5250 {
5251 int nullif;
5252
5253 nullif = 0;
5254 if (**s == ',')
5255 {
5256 *s = *s + 1;
5257 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5258 nullif = 1;
5259 else
5260 {
5261 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5262 nullif = 0;
5263 }
5264 *s = *s + 1;
5265 }
5266
5267 return nullif;
5268 }
5269
5270 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5271 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5272
5273 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5274 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5275 computational instruction. */
5276
5277 static int
5278 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5279 char **s;
5280 int isbranch;
5281 {
5282 int cmpltr;
5283 char *name = *s + 1;
5284 char c;
5285 char *save_s = *s;
5286 int nullify = 0;
5287
5288 cmpltr = 0;
5289 if (**s == ',')
5290 {
5291 *s += 1;
5292 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5293 *s += 1;
5294 c = **s;
5295 **s = 0x00;
5296
5297 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5298 {
5299 cmpltr = 1;
5300 }
5301 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5302 {
5303 cmpltr = 2;
5304 }
5305 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5306 {
5307 cmpltr = 3;
5308 }
5309 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5310 {
5311 cmpltr = 4;
5312 }
5313 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5314 {
5315 cmpltr = 5;
5316 }
5317 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5318 {
5319 cmpltr = 6;
5320 }
5321 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5322 {
5323 cmpltr = 7;
5324 }
5325 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5326 completer. */
5327 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5328 {
5329 cmpltr = 0;
5330 nullify = 1;
5331 }
5332 else
5333 {
5334 cmpltr = -1;
5335 }
5336 **s = c;
5337 }
5338
5339 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5340 if (nullify)
5341 *s = save_s;
5342
5343 return cmpltr;
5344 }
5345
5346 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5347 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5348
5349 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5350 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5351 computational instruction. */
5352
5353 static int
5354 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5355 char **s;
5356 int isbranch;
5357 {
5358 int cmpltr;
5359 char *name = *s + 1;
5360 char c;
5361 char *save_s = *s;
5362 int nullify = 0;
5363
5364 cmpltr = 0;
5365 if (**s == ',')
5366 {
5367 *s += 1;
5368 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5369 *s += 1;
5370 c = **s;
5371 **s = 0x00;
5372
5373 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5374 {
5375 cmpltr = 0;
5376 }
5377 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5378 {
5379 cmpltr = 1;
5380 }
5381 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5382 {
5383 cmpltr = 2;
5384 }
5385 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5386 {
5387 cmpltr = 3;
5388 }
5389 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5390 {
5391 cmpltr = 4;
5392 }
5393 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5394 {
5395 cmpltr = 5;
5396 }
5397 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5398 {
5399 cmpltr = 6;
5400 }
5401 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5402 {
5403 cmpltr = 7;
5404 }
5405 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5406 completer. */
5407 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5408 {
5409 cmpltr = 0;
5410 nullify = 1;
5411 }
5412 else
5413 {
5414 cmpltr = -1;
5415 }
5416 **s = c;
5417 }
5418
5419 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5420 if (nullify)
5421 *s = save_s;
5422
5423 return cmpltr;
5424 }
5425
5426 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5427 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5428
5429 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5430 returned as 8-15. */
5431
5432 static int
5433 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5434 char **s;
5435 {
5436 int cmpltr;
5437 char *name = *s + 1;
5438 char c;
5439
5440 cmpltr = -1;
5441 if (**s == ',')
5442 {
5443 *s += 1;
5444 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5445 *s += 1;
5446 c = **s;
5447 **s = 0x00;
5448
5449 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5450 {
5451 cmpltr = 0;
5452 }
5453 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5454 {
5455 cmpltr = 1;
5456 }
5457 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5458 {
5459 cmpltr = 2;
5460 }
5461 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5462 {
5463 cmpltr = 3;
5464 }
5465 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5466 {
5467 cmpltr = 4;
5468 }
5469 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5470 {
5471 cmpltr = 5;
5472 }
5473 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5474 {
5475 cmpltr = 6;
5476 }
5477 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5478 {
5479 cmpltr = 7;
5480 }
5481 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5482 {
5483 cmpltr = 8;
5484 }
5485 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5486 {
5487 cmpltr = 9;
5488 }
5489 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5490 {
5491 cmpltr = 10;
5492 }
5493 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5494 {
5495 cmpltr = 11;
5496 }
5497 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5498 {
5499 cmpltr = 12;
5500 }
5501 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5502 {
5503 cmpltr = 13;
5504 }
5505 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5506 {
5507 cmpltr = 14;
5508 }
5509 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5510 {
5511 cmpltr = 15;
5512 }
5513 else
5514 {
5515 cmpltr = -1;
5516 }
5517 **s = c;
5518 }
5519
5520 return cmpltr;
5521 }
5522
5523 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5524 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5525
5526 static int
5527 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5528 char **s;
5529 {
5530 int cmpltr;
5531 char *name = *s + 1;
5532 char c;
5533
5534 cmpltr = -1;
5535 if (**s == ',')
5536 {
5537 *s += 1;
5538 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5539 *s += 1;
5540 c = **s;
5541 **s = 0x00;
5542
5543 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5544 {
5545 cmpltr = 0;
5546 }
5547 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5548 {
5549 cmpltr = 1;
5550 }
5551 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5552 {
5553 cmpltr = 2;
5554 }
5555 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5556 {
5557 cmpltr = 3;
5558 }
5559 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5560 {
5561 cmpltr = 4;
5562 }
5563 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5564 {
5565 cmpltr = 5;
5566 }
5567 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5568 {
5569 cmpltr = 6;
5570 }
5571 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5572 {
5573 cmpltr = 7;
5574 }
5575 else
5576 {
5577 cmpltr = -1;
5578 }
5579 **s = c;
5580 }
5581
5582 return cmpltr;
5583 }
5584
5585 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5586 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5587
5588 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5589 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5590 computational instruction. */
5591
5592 static int
5593 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5594 char **s;
5595 int isbranch;
5596 {
5597 int cmpltr;
5598 char *name = *s + 1;
5599 char c;
5600 char *save_s = *s;
5601
5602 cmpltr = 0;
5603 if (**s == ',')
5604 {
5605 *s += 1;
5606 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5607 *s += 1;
5608 c = **s;
5609 **s = 0x00;
5610 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5611 {
5612 cmpltr = 1;
5613 }
5614 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5615 {
5616 cmpltr = 2;
5617 }
5618 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5619 {
5620 cmpltr = 3;
5621 }
5622 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5623 {
5624 cmpltr = 4;
5625 }
5626 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5627 {
5628 cmpltr = 5;
5629 }
5630 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5631 {
5632 cmpltr = 6;
5633 }
5634 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5635 {
5636 cmpltr = 7;
5637 }
5638 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5639 completer. */
5640 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5641 {
5642 cmpltr = 0;
5643 }
5644 else
5645 {
5646 cmpltr = -1;
5647 }
5648 **s = c;
5649 }
5650
5651 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5652 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5653 *s = save_s;
5654
5655 return cmpltr;
5656 }
5657
5658 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5659 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5660
5661 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5662 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5663 computational instruction). */
5664
5665 static int
5666 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5667 char **s;
5668 int isbranch;
5669 {
5670 int cmpltr;
5671 char *name = *s + 1;
5672 char c;
5673 char *save_s = *s;
5674
5675 cmpltr = 0;
5676 if (**s == ',')
5677 {
5678 *s += 1;
5679 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5680 *s += 1;
5681 c = **s;
5682 **s = 0x00;
5683 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5684 {
5685 cmpltr = 0;
5686 }
5687 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5688 {
5689 cmpltr = 1;
5690 }
5691 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5692 {
5693 cmpltr = 2;
5694 }
5695 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5696 {
5697 cmpltr = 3;
5698 }
5699 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5700 {
5701 cmpltr = 4;
5702 }
5703 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5704 {
5705 cmpltr = 5;
5706 }
5707 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5708 {
5709 cmpltr = 6;
5710 }
5711 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5712 {
5713 cmpltr = 7;
5714 }
5715 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5716 completer. */
5717 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5718 {
5719 cmpltr = 0;
5720 }
5721 else
5722 {
5723 cmpltr = -1;
5724 }
5725 **s = c;
5726 }
5727
5728 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5729 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5730 *s = save_s;
5731
5732 return cmpltr;
5733 }
5734
5735 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5736 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5737
5738 static int
5739 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5740 char **s;
5741 {
5742 int cmpltr;
5743 char *name = *s + 1;
5744 char c;
5745 char *save_s = *s;
5746 int nullify = 0;
5747
5748 cmpltr = 0;
5749 if (**s == ',')
5750 {
5751 *s += 1;
5752 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5753 *s += 1;
5754 c = **s;
5755 **s = 0x00;
5756 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5757 {
5758 cmpltr = 1;
5759 }
5760 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5761 {
5762 cmpltr = 2;
5763 }
5764 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5765 {
5766 cmpltr = 3;
5767 }
5768 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5769 {
5770 cmpltr = 4;
5771 }
5772 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5773 {
5774 cmpltr = 5;
5775 }
5776 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5777 {
5778 cmpltr = 6;
5779 }
5780 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5781 {
5782 cmpltr = 7;
5783 }
5784 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5785 {
5786 cmpltr = 8;
5787 }
5788 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5789 {
5790 cmpltr = 9;
5791 }
5792 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5793 {
5794 cmpltr = 10;
5795 }
5796 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5797 {
5798 cmpltr = 11;
5799 }
5800 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5801 {
5802 cmpltr = 12;
5803 }
5804 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5805 {
5806 cmpltr = 13;
5807 }
5808 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5809 {
5810 cmpltr = 14;
5811 }
5812 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5813 {
5814 cmpltr = 15;
5815 }
5816 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5817 completer. */
5818 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5819 {
5820 cmpltr = 0;
5821 nullify = 1;
5822 }
5823 else
5824 {
5825 cmpltr = -1;
5826 }
5827 **s = c;
5828 }
5829
5830 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5831 if (nullify)
5832 *s = save_s;
5833
5834 return cmpltr;
5835 }
5836
5837 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5838 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5839 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5840 static void
5841 pa_align (bytes)
5842 int bytes;
5843 {
5844 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5845 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5846
5847 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5848 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5849
5850 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5851 alignment if necessary. */
5852 if (log2 (bytes) != -1)
5853 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, log2 (bytes));
5854 }
5855 #endif
5856
5857 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5858
5859 static void
5860 pa_block (z)
5861 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5862 {
5863 char *p;
5864 long int temp_fill;
5865 unsigned int temp_size;
5866 unsigned int i;
5867
5868 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5869 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5870 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5871 #endif
5872
5873 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5874
5875 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5876 temp_fill = 0;
5877
5878 p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
5879 (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) 1, NULL);
5880 memset (p, 0, temp_size);
5881
5882 /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
5883
5884 for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
5885 {
5886 md_number_to_chars (p + i,
5887 (valueT) temp_fill,
5888 (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
5889 }
5890
5891 pa_undefine_label ();
5892 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5893 }
5894
5895 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5896
5897 static void
5898 pa_brtab (begin)
5899 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5900 {
5901
5902 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5903 /* The BRTAB relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5904 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5905 char *where = frag_more (0);
5906
5907 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5908 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5909 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5910 e_fsel, 0, 0, NULL);
5911 #endif
5912
5913 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5914 }
5915
5916 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5917
5918 static void
5919 pa_try (begin)
5920 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5921 {
5922 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5923 expressionS exp;
5924 char *where = frag_more (0);
5925
5926 if (! begin)
5927 expression (&exp);
5928
5929 /* The TRY relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5930 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5931
5932 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5933 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5934 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5935 e_fsel, 0, 0, NULL);
5936 #endif
5937
5938 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5939 }
5940
5941 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5942 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5943 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5944
5945 static void
5946 pa_call (unused)
5947 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5948 {
5949 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5950 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5951 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5952 #endif
5953
5954 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5955 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5956 }
5957
5958 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5959 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5960
5961 static void
5962 pa_call_args (call_desc)
5963 struct call_desc *call_desc;
5964 {
5965 char *name, c, *p;
5966 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5967
5968 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5969 {
5970 name = input_line_pointer;
5971 c = get_symbol_end ();
5972 /* Process a source argument. */
5973 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5974 {
5975 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5976 p = input_line_pointer;
5977 *p = c;
5978 input_line_pointer++;
5979 name = input_line_pointer;
5980 c = get_symbol_end ();
5981 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5982 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5983 }
5984 /* Process a return value. */
5985 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5986 {
5987 p = input_line_pointer;
5988 *p = c;
5989 input_line_pointer++;
5990 name = input_line_pointer;
5991 c = get_symbol_end ();
5992 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5993 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
5994 }
5995 else
5996 {
5997 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
5998 }
5999 p = input_line_pointer;
6000 *p = c;
6001 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6002 input_line_pointer++;
6003 }
6004 }
6005
6006 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6007
6008 static int
6009 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6010 fragS *frag1;
6011 fragS *frag2;
6012 {
6013
6014 if (frag1 == NULL)
6015 return (FALSE);
6016 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6017 return (FALSE);
6018 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6019 return (TRUE);
6020 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6021 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6022 else
6023 return (FALSE);
6024 }
6025
6026 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6027 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6028 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6029 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6030 of the unwind spaces. */
6031
6032 static void
6033 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6034 struct call_info *call_info;
6035 {
6036 char *unwind;
6037 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6038 subsegT save_subseg;
6039 unsigned int i;
6040 int reloc;
6041 char c, *p;
6042
6043 if (now_seg != text_section)
6044 return;
6045
6046 if (bfd_get_arch_info (stdoutput)->bits_per_address == 32)
6047 reloc = R_PARISC_DIR32;
6048 else
6049 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6050
6051 save_seg = now_seg;
6052 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6053 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6054 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6055 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6056 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6057 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6058 {
6059 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6060 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6061 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6062 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6063 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6064 }
6065
6066 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6067
6068 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6069 descriptor. */
6070 p = frag_more (4);
6071 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6072
6073 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6074 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6075 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6076 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6077 e_fsel, 32, 0, NULL);
6078
6079 p = frag_more (4);
6080 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6081
6082 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6083
6084 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6085 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6086 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6087 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6088 finished with its work. */
6089
6090 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6091 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6092 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6093 e_fsel, 32, 0, NULL);
6094
6095 /* Dump it. */
6096 unwind = (char *) &call_info->ci_unwind;
6097 for (i = 8; i < sizeof (struct unwind_table); i++)
6098 {
6099 c = *(unwind + i);
6100 {
6101 FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (c);
6102 }
6103 }
6104
6105 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6106 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6107 }
6108 #endif
6109
6110 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6111 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6112 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6113
6114 static void
6115 pa_callinfo (unused)
6116 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6117 {
6118 char *name, c, *p;
6119 int temp;
6120
6121 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6122 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6123 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6124 #endif
6125
6126 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6127 if (!within_procedure)
6128 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6129
6130 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6131 current procedure. */
6132 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6133
6134 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6135 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6136 {
6137 name = input_line_pointer;
6138 c = get_symbol_end ();
6139 /* Frame size specification. */
6140 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6141 {
6142 p = input_line_pointer;
6143 *p = c;
6144 input_line_pointer++;
6145 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6146 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6147 {
6148 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6149 temp = 0;
6150 }
6151
6152 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6153 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6154
6155 }
6156 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6157 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6158 {
6159 p = input_line_pointer;
6160 *p = c;
6161 input_line_pointer++;
6162 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6163 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6164 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6165 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6166 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6167 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6168 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6169 }
6170 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6171 {
6172 p = input_line_pointer;
6173 *p = c;
6174 input_line_pointer++;
6175 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6176 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6177 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6178 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6179 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6180 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6181 }
6182 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6183 {
6184 p = input_line_pointer;
6185 *p = c;
6186 input_line_pointer++;
6187 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6188 if (temp != 3)
6189 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6190 }
6191 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6192 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6193 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6194 {
6195 p = input_line_pointer;
6196 *p = c;
6197 }
6198 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6199 {
6200 p = input_line_pointer;
6201 *p = c;
6202 }
6203 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6204 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6205 {
6206 p = input_line_pointer;
6207 *p = c;
6208 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6209 }
6210 /* Likewise for SP. */
6211 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6212 {
6213 p = input_line_pointer;
6214 *p = c;
6215 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6216 }
6217 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6218 in the unwind descriptor. */
6219 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6220 {
6221 p = input_line_pointer;
6222 *p = c;
6223 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6224 }
6225 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6226 unwind descriptor. */
6227 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6228 {
6229 p = input_line_pointer;
6230 *p = c;
6231 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6232 }
6233 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6234 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6235 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6236 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6237 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6238 {
6239 p = input_line_pointer;
6240 *p = c;
6241 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6242 }
6243 else
6244 {
6245 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6246 *input_line_pointer = c;
6247 }
6248 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6249 input_line_pointer++;
6250 }
6251
6252 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6253 }
6254
6255 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
6256 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6257 label when finished. */
6258 static void
6259 pa_text (unused)
6260 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6261 {
6262 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6263 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6264 current_subspace
6265 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6266 #endif
6267
6268 s_text (0);
6269 pa_undefine_label ();
6270 }
6271
6272 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6273 static void
6274 pa_data (unused)
6275 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6276 {
6277 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6278 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6279 current_subspace
6280 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6281 #endif
6282 s_data (0);
6283 pa_undefine_label ();
6284 }
6285
6286 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6287 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6288
6289 <label> .comm <length>
6290
6291 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6292 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6293 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6294 and subspace.
6295
6296 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6297
6298 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6299 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6300 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6301 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6302 a pain.
6303
6304 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6305
6306 static void
6307 pa_comm (unused)
6308 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6309 {
6310 unsigned int size;
6311 symbolS *symbol;
6312 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6313
6314 if (label_symbol)
6315 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6316 else
6317 symbol = NULL;
6318
6319 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6320 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6321
6322 if (symbol)
6323 {
6324 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6325 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6326 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6327
6328 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6329 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6330 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6331 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6332 }
6333 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6334 }
6335 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)) */
6336
6337 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6338
6339 static void
6340 pa_end (unused)
6341 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6342 {
6343 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6344 }
6345
6346 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6347 static void
6348 pa_enter (unused)
6349 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6350 {
6351 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6352 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6353 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6354 #endif
6355
6356 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6357 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6358 }
6359
6360 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6361 procesure. */
6362 static void
6363 pa_entry (unused)
6364 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6365 {
6366 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6367 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6368 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6369 #endif
6370
6371 if (!within_procedure)
6372 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6373 else
6374 {
6375 if (!callinfo_found)
6376 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6377 }
6378 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6379 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6380
6381 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6382 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6383 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6384 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6385 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6386
6387 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6388 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6389 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6390 denote the entry and exit points. */
6391 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6392 {
6393 char *where = frag_more (0);
6394
6395 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6396 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6397 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6398 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6399 }
6400 #endif
6401 }
6402
6403 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6404 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6405 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6406 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6407
6408 int
6409 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6410 expressionS *resultP;
6411 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6412 expressionS *rightP;
6413 {
6414 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6415 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6416 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6417 {
6418 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6419 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6420 }
6421 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6422 }
6423
6424 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6425
6426 static void
6427 pa_equ (reg)
6428 int reg;
6429 {
6430 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6431 symbolS *symbol;
6432
6433 if (label_symbol)
6434 {
6435 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6436 if (reg)
6437 {
6438 strict = 1;
6439 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6440 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6441 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6442 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6443 }
6444 else
6445 {
6446 expressionS exp;
6447 segT seg;
6448
6449 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6450 seg = expression (&exp);
6451 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6452 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6453 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6454 {
6455 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6456 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6457 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6458 seg = absolute_section;
6459 }
6460 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6461 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6462 }
6463 }
6464 else
6465 {
6466 if (reg)
6467 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6468 else
6469 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6470 }
6471
6472 pa_undefine_label ();
6473 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6474 }
6475
6476 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6477 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6478 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6479
6480 static void
6481 process_exit ()
6482 {
6483 char *where;
6484
6485 where = frag_more (0);
6486
6487 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6488 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6489 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6490 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6491 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6492 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6493 #else
6494 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6495 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6496 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6497 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6498
6499 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6500 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6501 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6502 denote the entry and exit points. */
6503 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6504 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6505 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6506 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor + 1);
6507 #endif
6508 }
6509
6510 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6511
6512 static void
6513 pa_exit (unused)
6514 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6515 {
6516 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6517 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6518 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6519 #endif
6520
6521 if (!within_procedure)
6522 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6523 else
6524 {
6525 if (!callinfo_found)
6526 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6527 else
6528 {
6529 if (!within_entry_exit)
6530 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6531 else
6532 {
6533 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6534 process_exit ();
6535 }
6536 }
6537 }
6538 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6539 }
6540
6541 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6542 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6543 to callers. */
6544
6545 static void
6546 pa_export (unused)
6547 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6548 {
6549 char *name, c, *p;
6550 symbolS *symbol;
6551
6552 name = input_line_pointer;
6553 c = get_symbol_end ();
6554 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6555 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6556 {
6557 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6558 p = input_line_pointer;
6559 *p = c;
6560 input_line_pointer++;
6561 }
6562 else
6563 {
6564 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6565 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6566 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6567 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6568 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6569 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6570 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6571 p = input_line_pointer;
6572 *p = c;
6573 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6574 {
6575 input_line_pointer++;
6576 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6577 }
6578 }
6579
6580 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6581 }
6582
6583 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6584
6585 static void
6586 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6587 symbolS *symbolP;
6588 int is_export;
6589 {
6590 char *name, c, *p;
6591 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6592 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6593 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6594
6595 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6596
6597 {
6598 input_line_pointer += 8;
6599 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6600 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6601 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6602 }
6603 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6604 {
6605 input_line_pointer += 4;
6606 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6607 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6608
6609 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6610 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6611 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6612 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6613 {
6614 if (is_export)
6615 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6616 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6617
6618 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6619 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6620 }
6621 else
6622 {
6623 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6624 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6625 }
6626 }
6627 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6628 {
6629 input_line_pointer += 4;
6630 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6631 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6632 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6633 }
6634 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6635 {
6636 input_line_pointer += 5;
6637 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6638 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6639 }
6640 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6641 {
6642 input_line_pointer += 9;
6643 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6644 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6645 {
6646 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6647 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6648 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6649 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6650 }
6651 #endif
6652 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6653 }
6654 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6655 {
6656 input_line_pointer += 6;
6657 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6658 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6659 }
6660 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6661 {
6662 input_line_pointer += 8;
6663 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6664 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6665 }
6666 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6667 {
6668 input_line_pointer += 8;
6669 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6670 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6671 }
6672
6673 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6674 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6675 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6676 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6677 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6678 #endif
6679
6680 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6681 handle any argument relocation information. */
6682 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6683 {
6684 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6685 input_line_pointer++;
6686 name = input_line_pointer;
6687 c = get_symbol_end ();
6688 /* Argument sources. */
6689 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6690 {
6691 p = input_line_pointer;
6692 *p = c;
6693 input_line_pointer++;
6694 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6695 name = input_line_pointer;
6696 c = get_symbol_end ();
6697 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6698 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6699 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6700 #endif
6701 *input_line_pointer = c;
6702 }
6703 /* The return value. */
6704 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6705 {
6706 p = input_line_pointer;
6707 *p = c;
6708 input_line_pointer++;
6709 name = input_line_pointer;
6710 c = get_symbol_end ();
6711 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6712 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6713 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6714 #endif
6715 *input_line_pointer = c;
6716 }
6717 /* Privelege level. */
6718 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6719 {
6720 p = input_line_pointer;
6721 *p = c;
6722 input_line_pointer++;
6723 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6724 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6725 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6726 #endif
6727 c = get_symbol_end ();
6728 *input_line_pointer = c;
6729 }
6730 else
6731 {
6732 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6733 p = input_line_pointer;
6734 *p = c;
6735 }
6736 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6737 input_line_pointer++;
6738 }
6739 }
6740
6741 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6742 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6743 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6744
6745 static void
6746 pa_import (unused)
6747 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6748 {
6749 char *name, c, *p;
6750 symbolS *symbol;
6751
6752 name = input_line_pointer;
6753 c = get_symbol_end ();
6754
6755 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6756 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6757 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6758 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6759 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6760 {
6761 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6762 p = input_line_pointer;
6763 *p = c;
6764
6765 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6766 {
6767 input_line_pointer++;
6768 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6769 }
6770 else
6771 {
6772 /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
6773 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6774 the the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6775 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6776 if (now_seg == text_section)
6777 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6778
6779 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6780 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6781 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6782 }
6783 }
6784 else
6785 {
6786 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6787 the end of the current statement. */
6788 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6789 input_line_pointer++;
6790 }
6791
6792 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6793 }
6794
6795 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6796
6797 static void
6798 pa_label (unused)
6799 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6800 {
6801 char *name, c, *p;
6802
6803 name = input_line_pointer;
6804 c = get_symbol_end ();
6805
6806 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6807 {
6808 colon (name);
6809 p = input_line_pointer;
6810 *p = c;
6811 }
6812 else
6813 {
6814 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6815 }
6816
6817 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6818 {
6819 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6820 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6821 }
6822 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6823 }
6824
6825 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6826
6827 static void
6828 pa_leave (unused)
6829 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6830 {
6831 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6832 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6833 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6834 #endif
6835
6836 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6837 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6838 }
6839
6840 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6841
6842 static void
6843 pa_level (unused)
6844 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6845 {
6846 char *level;
6847
6848 level = input_line_pointer;
6849 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6850 {
6851 input_line_pointer += 3;
6852 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6853 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6854 }
6855 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6856 {
6857 input_line_pointer += 3;
6858 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6859 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6860 }
6861 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6862 {
6863 input_line_pointer += 4;
6864 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6865 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6866 }
6867 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6868 {
6869 input_line_pointer += 3;
6870 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6871 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6872 }
6873 else
6874 {
6875 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6876 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6877 }
6878 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6879 }
6880
6881 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6882
6883 static void
6884 pa_origin (unused)
6885 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6886 {
6887 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6888 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6889 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6890 #endif
6891
6892 s_org (0);
6893 pa_undefine_label ();
6894 }
6895
6896 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6897 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6898
6899 static void
6900 pa_param (unused)
6901 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6902 {
6903 char *name, c, *p;
6904 symbolS *symbol;
6905
6906 name = input_line_pointer;
6907 c = get_symbol_end ();
6908
6909 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6910 {
6911 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6912 p = input_line_pointer;
6913 *p = c;
6914 input_line_pointer++;
6915 }
6916 else
6917 {
6918 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6919 p = input_line_pointer;
6920 *p = c;
6921 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6922 {
6923 input_line_pointer++;
6924 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6925 }
6926 }
6927
6928 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6929 }
6930
6931 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6932 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6933
6934 static void
6935 pa_proc (unused)
6936 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6937 {
6938 struct call_info *call_info;
6939
6940 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6941 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6942 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6943 #endif
6944
6945 if (within_procedure)
6946 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6947
6948 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6949 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6950 within_procedure = TRUE;
6951
6952 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6953 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
6954
6955 if (!call_info)
6956 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6957
6958 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6959
6960 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6961
6962 if (call_info_root == NULL)
6963 {
6964 call_info_root = call_info;
6965 last_call_info = call_info;
6966 }
6967 else
6968 {
6969 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6970 last_call_info = call_info;
6971 }
6972
6973 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6974
6975 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
6976 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
6977 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
6978
6979 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
6980 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
6981 {
6982 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6983
6984 if (label_symbol)
6985 {
6986 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
6987 {
6988 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6989 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6990 }
6991 else
6992 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
6993 }
6994 else
6995 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
6996 }
6997
6998 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6999 }
7000
7001 /* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7002 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7003
7004 static void
7005 pa_procend (unused)
7006 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7007 {
7008
7009 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7010 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7011 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7012 #endif
7013
7014 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7015 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7016 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7017
7018 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7019 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7020 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7021 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7022 {
7023 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7024
7025 if (label_symbol)
7026 {
7027 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7028 {
7029 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7030 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7031 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7032 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7033 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7034 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7035 if (within_entry_exit)
7036 {
7037 char *where = frag_more (0);
7038
7039 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7040 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7041 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
7042 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7043 }
7044 #endif
7045 }
7046 else
7047 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7048 }
7049 else
7050 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7051 }
7052
7053 if (!within_procedure)
7054 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7055
7056 if (!callinfo_found)
7057 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7058
7059 if (within_entry_exit)
7060 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7061
7062 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7063 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7064 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7065 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7066 #endif
7067
7068 within_procedure = FALSE;
7069 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7070 pa_undefine_label ();
7071 }
7072
7073 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7074 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7075 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7076
7077 static int
7078 log2 (value)
7079 int value;
7080 {
7081 int shift = 0;
7082
7083 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7084 shift++;
7085
7086 if (shift >= 32)
7087 return -1;
7088 else
7089 return shift;
7090 }
7091
7092 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7093
7094 static void
7095 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7096 {
7097 if (current_space == NULL)
7098 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7099
7100 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7101 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7102 }
7103
7104 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7105 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7106 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7107
7108 static sd_chain_struct *
7109 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7110 char *space_name;
7111 int create_flag;
7112 {
7113 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7114 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7115 int spnum;
7116 asection *seg = NULL;
7117 sd_chain_struct *space;
7118
7119 /* load default values */
7120 spnum = 0;
7121 sort = 0;
7122 loadable = TRUE;
7123 defined = TRUE;
7124 private = FALSE;
7125 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7126 {
7127 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7128 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7129 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7130 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7131 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7132 }
7133 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7134 {
7135 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7136 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7137 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7138 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7139 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7140 }
7141
7142 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7143 {
7144 print_errors = FALSE;
7145 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7146 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7147 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7148 the line should be ignored. */
7149 strict = 0;
7150 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7151 if (pa_number >= 0)
7152 {
7153 spnum = pa_number;
7154 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7155 }
7156 else
7157 {
7158 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7159 {
7160 input_line_pointer++;
7161 name = input_line_pointer;
7162 c = get_symbol_end ();
7163 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7164 {
7165 *input_line_pointer = c;
7166 input_line_pointer++;
7167 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7168 }
7169 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7170 {
7171 *input_line_pointer = c;
7172 input_line_pointer++;
7173 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7174 }
7175 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7176 {
7177 *input_line_pointer = c;
7178 loadable = FALSE;
7179 }
7180 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7181 {
7182 *input_line_pointer = c;
7183 defined = FALSE;
7184 }
7185 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7186 {
7187 *input_line_pointer = c;
7188 private = TRUE;
7189 }
7190 else
7191 {
7192 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7193 *input_line_pointer = c;
7194 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7195 input_line_pointer++;
7196 }
7197 }
7198 }
7199 print_errors = TRUE;
7200 }
7201
7202 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7203 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7204
7205 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7206 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7207 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7208 the first occurence of a built-in space. */
7209 if (create_flag)
7210 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7211 private, sort, seg, 1);
7212 else
7213 {
7214 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7215 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7216 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7217 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7218 }
7219
7220 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7221 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7222 #endif
7223
7224 return space;
7225 }
7226
7227 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7228 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7229
7230 static void
7231 pa_space (unused)
7232 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7233 {
7234 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7235 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7236
7237 if (within_procedure)
7238 {
7239 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7240 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7241 }
7242 else
7243 {
7244 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7245 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7246 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7247 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7248 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7249 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7250 {
7251 input_line_pointer += 6;
7252 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7253 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7254 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7255 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7256 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7257
7258 current_space = sd_chain;
7259 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7260 current_subspace
7261 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7262 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7263 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7264 return;
7265 }
7266 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7267 {
7268 input_line_pointer += 9;
7269 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7270 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7271 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7272 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7273 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7274
7275 current_space = sd_chain;
7276 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7277 current_subspace
7278 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7279 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7280 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7281 return;
7282 }
7283 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7284 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7285 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7286 {
7287 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7288 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7289 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7290 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7291 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7292 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7293
7294 current_space = sd_chain;
7295
7296 {
7297 asection *gdb_section
7298 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7299
7300 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7301 current_subspace
7302 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7303 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7304 }
7305 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7306 return;
7307 }
7308
7309 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7310 print_errors = 0;
7311 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7312 strict = 0;
7313 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7314 if (pa_number >= 0)
7315 {
7316 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7317 {
7318 current_space = sd_chain;
7319
7320 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7321 current_subspace
7322 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7323 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7324 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7325 return;
7326 }
7327 }
7328
7329 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7330 print_errors = 1;
7331 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7332 name = input_line_pointer;
7333 c = get_symbol_end ();
7334 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7335 strcpy (space_name, name);
7336 *input_line_pointer = c;
7337
7338 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7339 current_space = sd_chain;
7340
7341 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7342 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7343 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7344 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7345 }
7346 }
7347
7348 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7349
7350 static void
7351 pa_spnum (unused)
7352 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7353 {
7354 char *name;
7355 char c;
7356 char *p;
7357 sd_chain_struct *space;
7358
7359 name = input_line_pointer;
7360 c = get_symbol_end ();
7361 space = is_defined_space (name);
7362 if (space)
7363 {
7364 p = frag_more (4);
7365 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7366 }
7367 else
7368 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7369
7370 *input_line_pointer = c;
7371 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7372 }
7373
7374 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7375 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7376
7377 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7378 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7379
7380 static void
7381 pa_subspace (create_new)
7382 int create_new;
7383 {
7384 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7385 char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7386 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7387 sd_chain_struct *space;
7388 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7389 asection *section;
7390
7391 if (current_space == NULL)
7392 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7393
7394 if (within_procedure)
7395 {
7396 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7397 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7398 }
7399 else
7400 {
7401 name = input_line_pointer;
7402 c = get_symbol_end ();
7403 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7404 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7405 *input_line_pointer = c;
7406
7407 /* Load default values. */
7408 sort = 0;
7409 access = 0x7f;
7410 loadable = 1;
7411 common = 0;
7412 dup_common = 0;
7413 code_only = 0;
7414 zero = 0;
7415 space_index = ~0;
7416 alignment = 1;
7417 quadrant = 0;
7418
7419 space = current_space;
7420 if (create_new)
7421 ssd = NULL;
7422 else
7423 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7424 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7425 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7426 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7427 {
7428 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7429 current_subspace = ssd;
7430 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7431 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7432 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7433 return;
7434 }
7435 else
7436 {
7437 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7438 the builtin subspaces. */
7439 i = 0;
7440 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7441 {
7442 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7443 {
7444 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7445 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7446 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7447 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7448 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7449 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7450 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7451 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7452 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7453 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7454 break;
7455 }
7456 i++;
7457 }
7458 }
7459
7460 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7461 any information as specified by the user. */
7462 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7463 {
7464 input_line_pointer++;
7465 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7466 {
7467 name = input_line_pointer;
7468 c = get_symbol_end ();
7469 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7470 {
7471 *input_line_pointer = c;
7472 input_line_pointer++;
7473 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7474 }
7475 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7476 {
7477 *input_line_pointer = c;
7478 input_line_pointer++;
7479 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7480 if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
7481 {
7482 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7483 alignment = 1;
7484 }
7485 }
7486 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7487 {
7488 *input_line_pointer = c;
7489 input_line_pointer++;
7490 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7491 }
7492 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7493 {
7494 *input_line_pointer = c;
7495 input_line_pointer++;
7496 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7497 }
7498 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7499 {
7500 *input_line_pointer = c;
7501 code_only = 1;
7502 }
7503 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7504 {
7505 *input_line_pointer = c;
7506 loadable = 0;
7507 }
7508 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7509 {
7510 *input_line_pointer = c;
7511 common = 1;
7512 }
7513 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7514 {
7515 *input_line_pointer = c;
7516 dup_common = 1;
7517 }
7518 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7519 {
7520 *input_line_pointer = c;
7521 zero = 1;
7522 }
7523 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7524 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7525 else
7526 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7527 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7528 input_line_pointer++;
7529 }
7530 }
7531
7532 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7533 in the .subspace directive. */
7534 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7535 flags = 0;
7536 if (loadable)
7537 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7538 if (code_only)
7539 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7540 if (common || dup_common)
7541 flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7542
7543 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7544
7545 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7546 if (zero)
7547 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7548
7549 applicable &= flags;
7550
7551 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7552 segment already associated with the subspace.
7553
7554 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7555 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7556 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7557 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7558 if (create_new)
7559 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7560 else if (ssd)
7561 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7562 else
7563 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7564
7565 if (zero)
7566 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7567
7568 /* Now set the flags. */
7569 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7570
7571 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7572 record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
7573
7574 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7575 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7576 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7577
7578 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7579 or create a new one. */
7580 if (ssd)
7581
7582 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7583 code_only, common, dup_common,
7584 sort, zero, access, space_index,
7585 alignment, quadrant,
7586 section);
7587 else
7588 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7589 code_only, common,
7590 dup_common, zero, sort,
7591 access, space_index,
7592 alignment, quadrant, section);
7593
7594 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7595 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7596 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7597 }
7598 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7599 }
7600
7601 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7602
7603 static void
7604 pa_spaces_begin ()
7605 {
7606 int i;
7607
7608 space_dict_root = NULL;
7609 space_dict_last = NULL;
7610
7611 i = 0;
7612 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7613 {
7614 char *name;
7615
7616 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7617 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7618
7619 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7620 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7621 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7622 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7623 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7624 i++;
7625 }
7626
7627 i = 0;
7628 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7629 {
7630 char *name;
7631 int applicable, subsegment;
7632 asection *segment = NULL;
7633 sd_chain_struct *space;
7634
7635 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7636 subsegment number. */
7637 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7638 subsegment = 0;
7639
7640 /* Create the new section. */
7641 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7642
7643 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7644 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7645 all the built-in subspaces. */
7646 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7647 {
7648 text_section = segment;
7649 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7650 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7651 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7652 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7653 | SEC_READONLY
7654 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7655 }
7656 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7657 {
7658 data_section = segment;
7659 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7660 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7661 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7662 | SEC_RELOC
7663 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7664
7665 }
7666 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7667 {
7668 bss_section = segment;
7669 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7670 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7671 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7672 }
7673 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7674 {
7675 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7676 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7677 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7678 | SEC_RELOC
7679 | SEC_READONLY
7680 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7681 }
7682 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7683 {
7684 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7685 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7686 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7687 | SEC_RELOC
7688 | SEC_READONLY
7689 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7690 }
7691 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7692 {
7693 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7694 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7695 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7696 | SEC_RELOC
7697 | SEC_READONLY
7698 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7699 }
7700
7701 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7702 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7703 def_space_index].segment);
7704 if (space == NULL)
7705 {
7706 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7707 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7708 }
7709
7710 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7711 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7712 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7713 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7714 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7715 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7716 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7717 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7718 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7719 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7720 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7721 segment);
7722 i++;
7723 }
7724 }
7725
7726 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7727 by the given parameters. */
7728
7729 static sd_chain_struct *
7730 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7731 sort, seg, user_defined)
7732 char *name;
7733 int spnum;
7734 int loadable;
7735 int defined;
7736 int private;
7737 int sort;
7738 asection *seg;
7739 int user_defined;
7740 {
7741 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7742
7743 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7744 if (!chain_entry)
7745 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7746 name);
7747
7748 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7749 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7750 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7751 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7752 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7753
7754 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7755 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7756 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7757 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7758
7759 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7760 if (!space_dict_last)
7761 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7762
7763 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7764 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7765 else
7766 {
7767 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7768 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7769
7770 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7771 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7772
7773 while (chain_pointer)
7774 {
7775 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7776 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7777 }
7778
7779 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7780 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7781 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7782 {
7783 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7784 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7785 }
7786 else
7787 {
7788 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7789 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7790 }
7791
7792 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7793 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7794 }
7795
7796 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7797 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7798 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7799 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7800 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7801 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7802 #endif
7803
7804 return chain_entry;
7805 }
7806
7807 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7808 by the given parameters.
7809
7810 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7811 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7812
7813 static ssd_chain_struct *
7814 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
7815 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7816 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7817 sd_chain_struct *space;
7818 char *name;
7819 int loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
7820 int sort;
7821 int access;
7822 int space_index;
7823 int alignment;
7824 int quadrant;
7825 asection *seg;
7826 {
7827 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7828
7829 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7830 if (!chain_entry)
7831 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7832
7833 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7834 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7835
7836 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7837 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7838 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7839
7840 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7841 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7842 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7843
7844 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7845 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7846 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7847 else
7848 {
7849 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7850 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7851
7852 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7853 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7854
7855 while (chain_pointer)
7856 {
7857 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7858 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7859 }
7860
7861 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7862 the links. */
7863 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7864 {
7865 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7866 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7867 }
7868 else
7869 {
7870 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7871 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7872 }
7873 }
7874
7875 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7876 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
7877 sort, quadrant);
7878 #endif
7879
7880 return chain_entry;
7881 }
7882
7883 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7884 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7885
7886 static ssd_chain_struct *
7887 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
7888 zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7889 sd_chain_struct *space;
7890 char *name;
7891 int loadable;
7892 int code_only;
7893 int common;
7894 int dup_common;
7895 int zero;
7896 int sort;
7897 int access;
7898 int space_index;
7899 int alignment;
7900 int quadrant;
7901 asection *section;
7902 {
7903 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7904
7905 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7906
7907 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7908 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
7909 sort, quadrant);
7910 #endif
7911
7912 return chain_entry;
7913 }
7914
7915 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7916 NULL if no such space exists. */
7917
7918 static sd_chain_struct *
7919 is_defined_space (name)
7920 char *name;
7921 {
7922 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7923
7924 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7925 chain_pointer;
7926 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7927 {
7928 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7929 return chain_pointer;
7930 }
7931
7932 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7933 return NULL;
7934 }
7935
7936 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7937 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7938
7939 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7940 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7941
7942 static sd_chain_struct *
7943 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
7944 asection *seg;
7945 {
7946 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7947
7948 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7949 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7950 space_chain;
7951 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7952 {
7953 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7954 return space_chain;
7955 }
7956
7957 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
7958 return NULL;
7959 }
7960
7961 /* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
7962 NULL if no such subspace exists.
7963
7964 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7965 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7966 own subspace. */
7967
7968 static ssd_chain_struct *
7969 is_defined_subspace (name)
7970 char *name;
7971 {
7972 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7973 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7974
7975 /* Walk through each space. */
7976 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7977 space_chain;
7978 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7979 {
7980 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
7981 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7982 subspace_chain;
7983 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7984 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
7985 return subspace_chain;
7986 }
7987
7988 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
7989 return NULL;
7990 }
7991
7992 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
7993 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
7994
7995 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
7996 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
7997 to become more efficient. */
7998
7999 static ssd_chain_struct *
8000 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8001 asection *seg;
8002 subsegT subseg;
8003 {
8004 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8005 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8006
8007 /* Walk through each space. */
8008 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8009 space_chain;
8010 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8011 {
8012 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8013 {
8014 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8015 the correct mapping. */
8016 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8017 subspace_chain;
8018 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8019 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8020 return subspace_chain;
8021 }
8022 }
8023
8024 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8025 return NULL;
8026 }
8027
8028 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8029
8030 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8031 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8032
8033 static sd_chain_struct *
8034 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8035 int number;
8036 {
8037 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8038
8039 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8040 space_chain;
8041 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8042 {
8043 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8044 return space_chain;
8045 }
8046
8047 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8048 return NULL;
8049 }
8050
8051 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8052 address is unknown then return zero. */
8053
8054 static unsigned int
8055 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8056 sd_chain_struct *space;
8057 int quadrant;
8058 {
8059 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8060 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8061 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8062 return 0x40000000;
8063 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8064 return 0x40000000;
8065 else
8066 return 0;
8067 return 0;
8068 }
8069
8070 /* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
8071 static int
8072 pa_next_subseg (space)
8073 sd_chain_struct *space;
8074 {
8075
8076 space->sd_last_subseg++;
8077 return space->sd_last_subseg;
8078 }
8079 #endif
8080
8081 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8082 a string. */
8083
8084 static unsigned int
8085 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8086 char *s;
8087 {
8088 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8089
8090 switch (c)
8091 {
8092 case '\"':
8093 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8094 break;
8095 default:
8096 break;
8097 }
8098 return c;
8099 }
8100
8101 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8102
8103 static void
8104 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8105 int append_zero;
8106 {
8107 char *s, num_buf[4];
8108 unsigned int c;
8109 int i;
8110
8111 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8112 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8113 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8114
8115 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8116 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8117 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8118 #endif
8119
8120 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8121 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8122
8123 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8124 {
8125 if (c == '\\')
8126 {
8127 c = *s;
8128 switch (c)
8129 {
8130 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8131 case 'x':
8132 {
8133 unsigned int number;
8134 int num_digit;
8135 char dg;
8136 char *s_start = s;
8137
8138 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8139 s++;
8140 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8141 num_digit < 2
8142 && (isdigit (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8143 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8144 num_digit++)
8145 {
8146 if (isdigit (dg))
8147 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8148 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8149 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8150 else
8151 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8152
8153 s++;
8154 dg = *s;
8155 }
8156 if (num_digit > 0)
8157 {
8158 switch (num_digit)
8159 {
8160 case 1:
8161 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8162 break;
8163 case 2:
8164 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8165 break;
8166 }
8167 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8168 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8169 }
8170 break;
8171 }
8172 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8173 default:
8174 s++;
8175 break;
8176 }
8177 }
8178 }
8179 stringer (append_zero);
8180 pa_undefine_label ();
8181 }
8182
8183 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8184
8185 static void
8186 pa_version (unused)
8187 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8188 {
8189 obj_version (0);
8190 pa_undefine_label ();
8191 }
8192
8193 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8194
8195 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8196
8197 static void
8198 pa_compiler (unused)
8199 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8200 {
8201 obj_som_compiler (0);
8202 pa_undefine_label ();
8203 }
8204
8205 #endif
8206
8207 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8208
8209 static void
8210 pa_copyright (unused)
8211 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8212 {
8213 obj_copyright (0);
8214 pa_undefine_label ();
8215 }
8216
8217 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8218 the latest space label. */
8219
8220 static void
8221 pa_cons (nbytes)
8222 int nbytes;
8223 {
8224 cons (nbytes);
8225 pa_undefine_label ();
8226 }
8227
8228 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8229
8230 static void
8231 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8232 int float_type;
8233 {
8234 float_cons (float_type);
8235 pa_undefine_label ();
8236 }
8237
8238 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8239
8240 static void
8241 pa_fill (unused)
8242 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8243 {
8244 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8245 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8246 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8247 #endif
8248
8249 s_fill (0);
8250 pa_undefine_label ();
8251 }
8252
8253 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8254
8255 static void
8256 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8257 int needs_align;
8258 {
8259 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8260 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8261 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8262 #endif
8263
8264 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8265 pa_undefine_label ();
8266 }
8267
8268 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8269
8270 static void
8271 pa_lsym (unused)
8272 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8273 {
8274 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8275 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8276 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8277 #endif
8278
8279 s_lsym (0);
8280 pa_undefine_label ();
8281 }
8282
8283 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8284 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8285 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8286
8287 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8288 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8289 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8290 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8291 with the address of "foo").
8292
8293 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8294 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8295 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8296
8297 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8298 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8299 selectors).
8300
8301 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8302 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8303
8304 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8305 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8306 right bits out of an instruction. */
8307
8308 int
8309 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8310 fixS *fixp;
8311 {
8312 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8313
8314 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8315
8316 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8317 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs. */
8318 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
8319 return 0;
8320 #endif
8321
8322 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8323 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8324 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8325 return 0;
8326 #endif
8327
8328 if (fixp->fx_addsy && (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy)
8329 || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy)))
8330 return 0;
8331
8332 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8333 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8334
8335 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8336 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8337 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8338 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8339 && fixp->fx_subsy
8340 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8341 {
8342 /* Apparently sy_used_in_reloc never gets set for sub symbols. */
8343 symbol_mark_used_in_reloc (fixp->fx_subsy);
8344 return 0;
8345 }
8346
8347 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8348
8349 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8350 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8351 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8352 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8353 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8354 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8355 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8356 sum to the right value.
8357
8358 eg. Suppose we have
8359 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8360 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8361 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8362
8363 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8364 reducing to the section symbol we get
8365 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8366 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8367 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8368 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8369 mutiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8370
8371 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8372 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8373 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8374 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8375 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8376
8377 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8378 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8379 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8380 return 0;
8381
8382 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8383 relocations with plabels. */
8384 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8385 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8386 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8387 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8388 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8389 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8390 return 0;
8391
8392 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8393 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8394 return 0;
8395
8396 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8397 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8398 return 0;
8399
8400 return 1;
8401 }
8402
8403 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8404 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8405 within GAS. */
8406
8407 int
8408 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8409 struct fix *fixp;
8410 {
8411 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8412
8413 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8414 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8415 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8416 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8417 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8418 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8419 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8420 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8421 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8422 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8423 return 1;
8424 #endif
8425 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8426 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8427 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8428 return 1;
8429 #endif
8430
8431 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8432
8433 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8434 linking works. */
8435 if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy) || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy))
8436 return 1;
8437
8438 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8439 entry if they're going to need either a argument relocation or long
8440 call stub. */
8441 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8442 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8443 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8444 return 1;
8445
8446 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8447 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8448 {
8449 valueT distance;
8450
8451 distance = (fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy)
8452 - md_pcrel_from (fixp) - 8);
8453 if (distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8454 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 && distance + 262144 >= 524288)
8455 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8456 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 && distance + 8192 >= 16384)
8457 #endif
8458 )
8459 return 1;
8460 }
8461
8462 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8463 return 1;
8464
8465 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8466 return 0;
8467 }
8468
8469 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8470 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8471 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8472 the size of the function in hppa_elf_final_processing. */
8473
8474 static void
8475 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8476 {
8477 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8478 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8479 char *name;
8480
8481 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8482 {
8483 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8484 or other problems. */
8485 return;
8486 }
8487
8488 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8489 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8490 + 1);
8491 if (name)
8492 {
8493 symbolS *symbolP;
8494
8495 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8496 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8497
8498 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8499 symbol will have already been defined. */
8500 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8501 if (symbolP)
8502 {
8503 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8504 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8505
8506 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8507 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8508 xfree (name);
8509 }
8510 else
8511 {
8512 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8513 last instruction of the function */
8514 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8515 frag_now);
8516
8517 assert (symbolP);
8518 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8519 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8520 }
8521
8522 if (symbolP)
8523 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8524 else
8525 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8526
8527 }
8528 else
8529 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8530
8531 }
8532
8533 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8534 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8535 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8536 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8537
8538 void
8539 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8540 {
8541 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8542
8543 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8544 call_info_pointer;
8545 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8546 {
8547 elf_symbol_type *esym
8548 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8549 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8550 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8551 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8552 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8553 }
8554 }
8555
8556 void
8557 pa_end_of_source ()
8558 {
8559 if (debug_type == DEBUG_DWARF2)
8560 dwarf2_finish ();
8561 }
8562
8563 static void
8564 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8565 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8566 {
8567 struct fix *new_fix;
8568
8569 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8570
8571 if (new_fix)
8572 {
8573 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8574 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8575 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8576 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8577 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8578 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8579 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8580 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8581 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8582 }
8583 }
8584
8585 static void
8586 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8587 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8588 {
8589 struct fix *new_fix;
8590
8591 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8592
8593 if (new_fix)
8594 {
8595 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8596 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8597 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8598 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8599 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8600 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8601 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8602 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8603 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8604 }
8605 }
8606 #endif
GDB Binutils - Deliverables
This page took 0.212182 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.